Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Issue 04
Date 2017-06-29
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or
representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com
Contents
2 Overview....................................................................................................................................... 16
2.1 Introduction.................................................................................................................................................................. 16
2.2 Benefits......................................................................................................................................................................... 16
2.3 Architecture.................................................................................................................................................................. 17
3 Technical Description.................................................................................................................19
3.1 Function Overview....................................................................................................................................................... 19
3.1.1 Related Concepts....................................................................................................................................................... 19
3.1.2 Usage Scenarios.........................................................................................................................................................21
3.1.2.1 Intra-eNodeB CA Scenarios................................................................................................................................... 21
3.1.2.2 Inter-eNodeB CA Scenarios................................................................................................................................... 23
3.1.3 CA Features............................................................................................................................................................... 23
3.1.3.1 LAOFD-001001 LTE-A Introduction.....................................................................................................................25
3.1.3.2 LAOFD-001002 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 2CC in 40MHz.................................................................... 26
3.1.3.3 LAOFD-070201 Flexible CA from Multiple Carriers........................................................................................... 27
3.1.3.4 LAOFD-070202 Inter-eNodeB CA based on Coordinated eNodeB...................................................................... 29
3.1.3.5 LAOFD-080201 Inter-eNodeB CA based on Relaxed backhaul........................................................................... 29
3.1.3.6 LAOFD-080202 Carrier Aggregation for Uplink 2CC.......................................................................................... 32
3.1.3.7 LAOFD-080207 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 3CC in 40MHz and LAOFD-080208 Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC in 60MHz............................................................................................................................................. 32
3.1.3.8 LEOFD-110303 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 4CC and 5CC.......................................................................33
3.1.3.9 MRFD-101222 FDD+TDD Downlink Carrier Aggregation(LTE FDD)............................................................... 34
3.1.3.10 MRFD-111222 FDD+TDD Uplink Carrier Aggregation (LTE FDD)................................................................. 37
3.1.4 Band Combinations................................................................................................................................................... 38
3.2 Carrier Management..................................................................................................................................................... 40
3.2.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................... 40
3.2.2 PCC Anchoring for RRC_CONNECTED UEs.........................................................................................................42
3.2.2.1 CA-Group-based PCC Anchoring.......................................................................................................................... 43
3.2.2.2 Adaptive PCC Anchoring....................................................................................................................................... 45
4 Related Features...........................................................................................................................81
4.1 LAOFD-00100101 Intra-Band Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 2CC in 20MHz....................................................81
4.2 LAOFD-00100102 Inter-Band Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 2CC in 20MHz....................................................84
4.3 LAOFD-001002 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 2CC in 40MHz.......................................................................... 87
4.4 LAOFD-070201 Flexible CA from Multiple Carriers................................................................................................. 87
4.5 LAOFD-070202 Inter-eNodeB CA based on Coordinated eNodeB............................................................................ 88
4.6 LAOFD-080201 Inter-eNodeB CA based on Relaxed backhaul................................................................................. 89
4.7 LAOFD-080202 Carrier Aggregation for Uplink 2CC................................................................................................ 91
4.8 LAOFD-080207 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 3CC in 40MHz.......................................................................... 92
4.9 LAOFD-080208 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 3CC in 60MHz.......................................................................... 93
4.10 LEOFD-110303 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 4CC and 5CC...........................................................................93
4.11 MRFD-101222 FDD+TDD Downlink Carrier Aggregation(LTE FDD)................................................................... 94
4.12 MRFD-111222 FDD+TDD Uplink Carrier Aggregation (LTE FDD)....................................................................... 99
10 Engineering Guidelines for LAOFD-080202 Carrier Aggregation for Uplink 2CC... 192
10.1 When to Use............................................................................................................................................................. 192
10.2 Required Information............................................................................................................................................... 192
10.3 Planning.................................................................................................................................................................... 192
15 Parameters................................................................................................................................. 241
16 Counters.................................................................................................................................... 465
17 Glossary..................................................................................................................................... 984
1.1 Scope
This document describes carrier aggregation (CA), including its technical principles, related
features, network impact, and engineering guidelines. This document covers the following
features:
Any parameters, alarms, counters, or managed objects (MOs) described herein apply only to
the corresponding software release. For future software releases, refer to the corresponding
updated product documentation.
This document applies only to LTE FDD. Any "LTE" in this document refers to LTE FDD,
and "eNodeB" refers to LTE FDD eNodeB.
Micro BTS3202E
BTS3203E
BTS3911E
BTS3912E
l Feature change
Changes in features and parameters of a specified version as well as the affected entities
l Editorial change
Changes in wording or addition of information and any related parameters affected by
editorial changes. Editorial change does not specify the affected entities.
eRAN12.1 04 (2017-06-29)
This issue includes the following changes.
eRAN12.1 03 (2017-05-25)
This issue includes the following changes.
eRAN12.1 02 (2017-04-26)
This issue includes the following changes.
eRAN12.1 01 (2017-03-08)
This issue includes the following changes.
2 Overview
2.1 Introduction
3GPP requires that LTE-Advanced networks provide a downlink peak data rate of 1 Gbit/s.
However, radio spectrum resources are so scarce that in most cases operators own only non-
adjacent portions of the spectrum. Due to the limited bandwidth of a single portion of the
spectrum, the 1 Gbit/s data rate requirement is hard to meet.
To deal with this situation, 3GPP Release 10 introduced carrier aggregation (CA) for LTE-
Advanced networks. CA allows aggregation of contiguous or non-contiguous component
carriers (CCs) to expand bandwidth to up to 100 MHz, as shown in Figure 2-1.
Huawei eNodeBs support two configuration modes: CA-group-based and adaptive CA.
Unless otherwise stated, the descriptions in this document apply to both modes. For details
about the configuration modes, see 3.2.1 Overview.
2.2 Benefits
CA achieves wider bandwidths and allows a CA-capable UE (referred to as a CA UE in this
document) to use idle resource blocks (RBs) on a non-contiguous spectrum. With CA
enabled, a single UE can reach higher uplink and downlink peak data rates.
Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 list the theoretical peak data rates that downlink and uplink CA can
reach. These values are based on the assumption that the TBS suitable for the 20 MHz cell
bandwidth (equivalent to 100 RBs in the frequency domain) is used.
Table 2-1 Theoretical peak data rates for downlink CA (unit: Mbit/s)
Table 2-2 Theoretical peak data rates for uplink CA (unit: Mbit/s)
If the UE capability is limited, the actual peak data rates will be lower than the theoretical
values.
2.3 Architecture
Functional Architecture
The functional architecture for CA includes primary component carrier (PCC) anchoring,
SCell configuration, and transitions between SCell states. For details, see 3.2 Carrier
Management. This architecture also includes special implementation of other features under
CA, as described in 3.3 Other Key Techniques Under CA.
Huawei CA operates in accordance with the following constraints, which are stipulated in
3GPP TS 36.300 of Release 10:
l In the uplink or downlink, a CA UE can have up to five CCs aggregated, with each CC
having a maximum bandwidth of 20 MHz.
l CA UEs support asymmetric CA. A UE may use different numbers of CCs in the uplink
and downlink. However, the number of CCs in the downlink must always be greater than
or equal to the number of CCs in the uplink. In addition, the uplink CCs must be
included in the set of downlink CCs.
l Each CC uses the same frame structure as 3GPP Release 8 carriers, ensuring backward
compatibility.
l 3GPP Release 8 or 9 UEs are allowed to transmit and receive data on Release 10 CCs.
Figure 2-2 Uplink and downlink air-interface protocol stack with CA enabled
3 Technical Description
PCell
A primary serving cell (PCell) is a cell on which a CA UE camps. In the PCell, the CA UE
works in the same way as it does in a 3GPP Release 8 or Release 9 cell. The physical uplink
control channel (PUCCH) of the UE exists only in the PCell.
For more details, see 3.3.1 Connection Management Under CA.
SCell
A secondary serving cell (SCell) is a cell that an eNodeB configures for a CA UE through an
RRC Connection Reconfiguration message. This cell works at a different frequency than the
PCell and provides the CA UE with more radio resources. In an SCell, there can be only
downlink transmission or both downlink and uplink transmission.
CC
Component carriers (CCs) are the carriers that are aggregated for a CA UE.
PCC
The primary component carrier (PCC) is the carrier of the PCell.
SCC
A secondary component carrier (SCC) is the carrier of an SCell.
PCC Anchoring
During PCC anchoring, the eNodeB selects a high-priority cell as the PCell for the UE.
Related Events
l Event A1
The signal quality of the serving cell exceeds a specific threshold.
l Event A2
The signal quality of the serving cell drops below a specific threshold.
l Event A3
The signal quality of the PCell's neighboring cell exceeds that of the PCell.
l Event A4
The signal quality of a neighboring cell exceeds a specific threshold.
l Event A5
The signal quality of the PCell drops below threshold 1 and the signal quality of a
neighboring cell exceeds threshold 2.
When CA is enabled, the CaA5HoEventSwitch option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoSwitch parameter affects measurement configuration. This
option specifies whether to change event A4 to event A5 in the handover-related inter-
frequency measurement configurations delivered to CA UEs.
If this option is selected, the eNodeB changes event A4 to event A5 when both the
network and the UE support CA. Threshold 1 for event A5 always takes the value of –
43 dBm.
NOTE
– Ocs is the cell-specific offset for the serving cell. The offset is specified by the
Cell.CellSpecificOffset parameter.
– Off is the offset for event A6. The offset is specified by the
CaMgtCfg.CarrAggrA6Offset parameter.
For details about events A1 to A5, see Intra-RAT Mobility Management in Connected Mode
Feature Parameter Description. For details about event A6, see section 5.5.4.6a "Event A6
(Neighbour becomes offset better than SCell)" in 3GPP TS 36.331 V10.12.0.
NOTE
If the time-to-trigger (specified by the CellMcPara.TimetoTrigger parameter) for any of the preceding
events is set to a value greater than the timer value (3s) for gap-assisted measurements, measurement
results cannot be reported.
Typically, measurement gap configurations are delivered by eNodeBs to UEs. An exception is that if
AutoGapSwitch under the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.HoModeSwitch parameter is on for an eNodeB, the
eNodeB identifies UEs that support autonomous gaps and no longer delivers measurement gap
configurations to these UEs.
Intra-eNodeB carriers (one provided Supported when the ratio Supported when the
by the site; another provided by of macro cells to RRHs is ratio of macro cells to
remote radio heads [RRHs]), shown 1:1 RRHs is 1:N (N ≥ 1)
in Figure 3-4
The following figures show the intra-eNodeB CA scenarios. In the figures, F1 and F2 denote
two carrier frequencies.
Figure 3-3 Intra-eNodeB carriers (one for macro coverage; another for edge coverage)
Figure 3-4 Intra-eNodeB carriers (one provided by the site; another provided by RRHs)
Figure 3-5 Intra-eNodeB carriers (one provided only by the site; another provided by the site
and a repeater)
3.1.3 CA Features
CA enables a UE to simultaneously access more than one carrier and transmit uplink (UL)
data and receive downlink (DL) data over all carriers, greatly increasing the data rate of the
UE.
Table 3-2 provides an overview of the CA features.
The time alignment error between two intra-band contiguous or non-contiguous CCs
must be less than 130 ns and 260 ns, respectively. If this requirement cannot be fulfilled,
there may be a small gap to the optimal feature performance.
This sub-feature allows aggregation of carriers to a maximum of 20 MHz for a CA UE.
For the supported band combinations, see 3.1.4 Band Combinations.
l LAOFD-00100102 Inter-Band Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 2CC in 20MHz
Inter-band CA aggregates two carriers from different frequency bands for downlink data
transmission to a single CA UE, as shown in Figure 3-7.
The time alignment error between two inter-band CCs must be less than 260 ns.
This sub-feature allows aggregation of carriers to a maximum of 20 MHz for a CA UE.
For the supported band combinations, see 3.1.4 Band Combinations.
This feature works between intra-eNodeB cells, between inter-eNodeB cells in eNodeB
coordination scenarios, and between inter-eNodeB cells in relaxed backhaul scenarios. For
details about these scenarios, see 3.1.2 Usage Scenarios.
This feature allows aggregation of carriers to a maximum of 40 MHz for a CA UE. For the
supported band combinations, see 3.1.4 Band Combinations.
This feature works between intra-eNodeB cells, between inter-eNodeB cells in eNodeB
coordination scenarios, and between inter-eNodeB cells in relaxed backhaul scenarios. For
details about these scenarios, see 3.1.2 Usage Scenarios.
This feature allows for intelligent selection of serving cell (PCell and SCell) combinations
when adaptive configuration is used. The eNodeB selects the most suitable serving cell
combination for a UE based on the CA capability reported by the UE and based on factors
such as the coverage overlap between cells, cell load status, bandwidths, and spectral
efficiency. The eNodeB then informs the UE of the combination. From the combination, the
eNodeB will select a cell as the PCell for the UE, as described in 3.2.2.2 Adaptive PCC
Anchoring. This intelligent selection function is controlled by the CaSmartSelectionSwitch
option of the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoSwitch parameter. It is triggered in the following
scenarios:
l The eNodeB has received the capability of a UE that newly accesses a cell served by the
eNodeB.
l An E-RAB, with a QCI for which the SMART_CA_ALLOWED option of the
CellQciPara.QciAlgoSwitch parameter is selected, has been set up. In this situation, the
eNodeB selects the most suitable serving cell combination for the UE again.
When selecting a serving cell combination, the eNodeB adheres to the following rules:
l It selects inter-frequency neighboring cells that overlap the current serving cell.
For example, the eNodeB selects an inter-frequency neighboring cell that meets one of
the following conditions:
– The EutranInterFreqNCell.OverlapInd parameter is set to YES.
– The CaGroupSCellCfg.SCellBlindCfgFlag parameter is set to TRUE. In this case,
this neighboring cell is a blind-configurable candidate SCell for the serving cell.
If no inter-frequency neighboring cells meet these conditions, the intelligent selection
function does not take effect.
NOTE
If CA has been deployed with PCC anchoring enabled before this intelligent selection
function is activated, the serving cell combinations selected after the function activation might
be different from those selected before the activation. As a result, the CA UE distribution may
change.
NOTE
There are two types of eNodeB coordination scenarios: centralized and distributed.
l In centralized scenarios, the eNodeBs exchange signaling messages and transmit service
data through one or two levels of universal switching units (USUs).
l In distributed scenarios, a Universal inter-Connection Combo Unit (UCCU) board is
installed in the BBU of each eNodeB and connected to a USU through an optical cable
for signaling exchange and data transmission between the eNodeBs. CA in these
scenarios requires an inter-eNodeB round trip time (RTT) of less than 260 μs.
This inter-eNodeB CA feature employs the same procedures as intra-eNodeB CA for PCC
anchoring, SCell configuration, SCell change, SCell activation, SCell deactivation, and SCell
removal. For details about these procedures, see 3.2 Carrier Management.
l Macro+macro
l Macro+LampSite
l LampSite+LampSite
l Macro+micro
l LampSite+micro
l Only those served by BTS3911Es and BTS3912Es can act as PCells for this feature and
support downlink 3CC to 5CC aggregation and uplink 2CC aggregation.
When a cell served by a BTS3911E or BTS3912E acts as the PCell for a CA UE, the
following constraints apply due to a total eNodeB transmission capability of 600 Mbit/s:
– If the data rate of transmission from the EPC to the eNodeB exceeds the total
eNodeB transmission capability, the PCell cannot transfer data to SCells. As a
result, the SCells may be activated but their scheduling is suspended.
– If the data rate of transmission from the EPC to the eNodeB does not exceed the
total eNodeB transmission capability, the difference between the two values
determines the rate of data transfer from the PCell to SCells. The amount of data
transferred to the SCells may be insufficient, so that the peak data rate of the UE
does not reach its theoretical value.
l Those served by BTS3202Es and BTS3203Es cannot act as PCells for this feature. They
support downlink 2CC aggregation only.
These scenarios are classified into two types depending on the one-way delay and RTT:
l Delay ≤ 4 ms and RTT ≤ 8 ms
l 4 ms < delay ≤ 8 ms and 8 ms < RTT ≤ 16 ms (Uplink CA does not work in this
scenario.)
CA works in this scenario only if the RelaxedBHCaEnhanceSwitch option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoSwitch parameter is selected for the serving eNodeB of the
PCell.
During CA between cells served by macro+macro, macro+LampSite, or LampSite+LampSite
eNodeBs, the cells exchange signaling messages and data through eX2 interfaces between the
main control boards (LMPT or UMPT) of the eNodeBs.
During CA between cells served by macro+micro or LampSite+micro eNodeBs, the cells
exchange signaling messages and data through eX2 interfaces between the main control board
(LMPT or UMPT) of the macro or LampSite eNodeB and the transport module of the micro
eNodeB.
For details about eX2 interfaces between eNodeBs, see eX2 Self-Management Feature
Parameter Description.
Figure 3-11 shows an example of the network with this CA feature enabled.
2. The eNodeB checks the related switch settings, the status of the eX2 interface to a peer
eNodeB, and inter-eNodeB transmission delay. If all the conditions meet their respective
requirements, the local eNodeB selects carriers of the peer eNodeBs as SCCs for the CA
UE.
The following are switch setting requirements:
– If the eNodeBs are macro+macro, macro+LampSite, or LampSite+LampSite
eNodeBs, RelaxedBackhaulCaSwitch under the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoSwitch parameter must be on for all the eNodeBs.
– If the eNodeBs are macro+micro or LampSite+micro eNodeBs,
RelaxedBackhaulCaSwitch under the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoSwitch
parameter must be on for all the eNodeBs, and HetNetCaSwitch under this
parameter must also be on for the micro eNodeBs (except BTS3911Es and
BTS3912Es).
In addition to the basic switch setting requirements, the following parameter settings are
required for the eNodeB serving the PCell:
– Downlink 2CC aggregation requires that the
CaMgtCfg.RelaxedBackhaulCaMaxCcNum parameter be set to 2CC.
– Downlink 3CC, 4CC, or 5CC aggregation requires that CaDl3CCSwitch,
CaDl4CCSwitch, or CaDl5CCSwitch be on under the
CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter and the
CaMgtCfg.RelaxedBackhaulCaMaxCcNum parameter be set to 3CC, 4CC, or
5CC.
– Uplink CA requires that CaUl2CCSwitch be on under the
CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter and the
CaMgtCfg.RelaxedBHCaUlMaxCCNum parameter be set to 2CC.
3. After activating the SCells, the eNodeB serving the PCell will divert downlink traffic of
the CA UE from the PCell to the SCells and converge the uplink traffic from the SCells
with the uplink traffic in the PCell. When inter-eNodeB transmission quality deteriorates
(for example, the transmission delay does not meet requirements or transmission is
interrupted), the eNodeB removes the SCells to exit inter-eNodeB CA. The eNodeB may
configure SCells again at UE access, an incoming handover, or an RRC connection
reestablishment after transmission quality recovers.
3GPP Release 10 specifications stipulate that downlink-data demodulation results (ACK or
NACK) must be reported over the PCC of each CA UE. In a relaxed backhaul scenario, the
eNodeB that provides an SCC for a CA UE estimates the CQI, NACK, and scheduling
priority to determine the scheduling occasion and resources for the UE in advance without
affecting the scheduling priority policy and fairness among UEs. This prevents inter-eNodeB
CA failures caused by transmission delay.
This feature requires time synchronization between eNodeBs and the synchronization
accuracy must be within 3 μs. It also requires that the jitter and packet loss rate meet the
requirements described in S1 and X2 Self-Management Feature Parameter Description.
With this feature, the PCell supports LBFD-060103 Enhanced DL Frequency Selective
Scheduling but SCells do not.
This inter-eNodeB CA feature employs the same procedures as intra-eNodeB CA for PCC
anchoring, SCell activation, SCell change, and SCell deactivation, as described in 3.2 Carrier
Management. This type of inter-eNodeB CA implements SCell configuration and SCell
removal as described in both the current section (with inter-eNodeB transmission quality
requirements taken into consideration) and 3.2 Carrier Management.
If the aggregated bandwidth of three CCs does not exceed 40 MHz, downlink 3CC
aggregation is subject to the downlink CA capabilities of UEs and the setting of
CaDl3CCSwitch under the CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter, regardless of whether
CA-group-based or adaptive configuration is used.
If the aggregated bandwidth of three CCs is between 40 MHz and 60 MHz (inclusive) and
adaptive configuration is used, downlink 3CC aggregation is subject to the downlink CA
capabilities of UEs and the settings of CaDl3CCSwitch and CaDl3CCExtSwitch under the
CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter.
When three downlink CCs are aggregated for a CA UE, periodic channel state information
(CSI) reports can be transmitted together with ACK/NACK for the three CCs if the
CqiAdaptiveCfg.SimulAckNackAndCqiFmt3Sw parameter is set to ON. If this parameter is
set to OFF, the simultaneous transmission is not allowed for three CCs.
These features work between intra-eNodeB cells, between inter-eNodeB cells in eNodeB
coordination scenarios, and between inter-eNodeB cells in relaxed backhaul scenarios. For
details about these scenarios, see 3.1.2 Usage Scenarios.
This feature allows aggregation of carriers to a maximum of 100 MHz for a CA UE in the
downlink. For the supported band combinations, see 3.1.4 Band Combinations.
This feature is dependent on the downlink CA capabilities of UEs and the settings of
CaDl4CCSwitch and CaDl5CCSwitch under the CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter.
To use downlink 5CC aggregation, CaDl4CCSwitch and CaDl5CCSwitch must be both on.
When this feature is enabled, periodic CSI reports can be transmitted together with ACK/
NACK for four or five CCs at a time if the CqiAdaptiveCfg.SimulAckNackAndCqiFmt3Sw
parameter is set to ON(On). If this parameter is set to OFF(Off), the simultaneous
transmission is not allowed for four or five CCs.
This feature works between intra-eNodeB cells, between inter-eNodeB cells in eNodeB
coordination scenarios, and between inter-eNodeB cells in relaxed backhaul scenarios. For
details about these scenarios, see 3.1.2 Usage Scenarios.
The theoretical peak downlink data rate varies depending on the number of FDD and TDD
CCs in the downlink, as described in Table 3-3.
Table 3-3 Theoretical peak downlink data rate that downlink FDD+TDD CA can reach
Number Calculation
of
Carriers
2 Peak data rate on a single FDD carrier + peak data rate of a single TDD
carrier
3 Total peak data rate on two FDD carriers + peak data rate of a single TDD
carrier
4 Total peak data rate on three FDD carriers + peak data rate of a single TDD
carrier
5 Total peak data rate on four FDD carriers + peak data rate of a single TDD
carrier
In this feature, either FDD or TDD carriers can be PCCs of CA UEs. TDD cells for CA must
use uplink-downlink configuration 1 or 2 and one of special subframe configurations 4, 5, 6,
7, and 9. A TDD cell using special subframe configuration 4 does not work with another TDD
cell using special subframe configuration 5, 6, 7, or 9 for CA. No subframe configuration
requirements are imposed on FDD cells. If a frame offset is configured for a TDD cell, the
same frame offset must be specified for the FDD cells involved in CA.
NOTE
TDD cells served by LampSite eNodeBs can only use special subframe configurations 6 and 7. For
subframe configuration principles and engineering guidelines, see Subframe Configuration Feature
Parameter Description in the LTE TDD feature documentation.
The CC combinations for downlink FDD+TDD 5CC aggregation vary according to the
duplex mode of the PCell and the uplink-downlink configuration of TDD cells, as described
in Table 3-4.
This feature is dependent on the downlink CA capabilities of the UEs involved, the setting of
InterFddTddCaSwitch under the CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter, and the setting
of the CaMgtCfg.FddTddCaDlMaxCcNum parameter.
The scenarios where this feature works vary depending on the eNodeB type:
l For macro eNodeBs, this feature works in the following scenarios:
– Intra-eNodeB scenarios
– Centralized eNodeB coordination
– Relaxed backhaul (up to downlink 5CC aggregation between cells served by macro
+macro eNodeBs or by macro+micro eNodeBs. Among micro cells, only those
served by BTS3911Es and BTS3912Es can act as PCells. Those served by
BTS3202Es or BTS3203Es can act only as SCells.)
l For LampSite eNodeBs, this feature works in the following scenarios:
– Intra-eNodeB scenarios
– Relaxed backhaul (up to downlink 5CC aggregation between cells served by
LampSite+LampSite eNodeBs or by LampSite+micro eNodeBs. Among micro
cells, only those served by BTS3911Es and BTS3912Es can act as PCells. Those
served by BTS3202Es or BTS3203Es can act only as SCells.)
For these scenarios:
l Intra-eNodeB scenarios include those described in 3.1.2.1 Intra-eNodeB CA Scenarios
and, for macro eNodeBs, also include FDD+TDD separate-BBU separate-MPT
scenarios.
In FDD+TDD separate-BBU separate-MPT scenarios, FDD and TDD cells are deployed
on separate BBUs, which are interconnected through eX2 interfaces. eX2 interfaces are
divided into the control plane (eX2-C) and user plane (eX2-U).
– As shown in Figure 3-16, eX2-C is carried by the electrical or optical cable
between the UMPT in one eNodeB and the UMPTb or UCIU in the other eNodeB.
l Centralized eNodeB coordination and relaxed backhaul scenarios are described in 3.1.2.2
Inter-eNodeB CA Scenarios.
The TDD cells involved in this feature must use uplink-downlink configuration 2. That is, the
Cell.SubframeAssignment parameter must be set to SA2 for the TDD cells.
This feature is dependent on the uplink CA capabilities of the UEs involved, the setting of
InterFddTddCaSwitch under the CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter, and the setting
of the CaMgtCfg.FddTddCaUlMaxCcNum parameter. For this feature to take effect, set
InterFddTddCaSwitch on and set CaMgtCfg.FddTddCaUlMaxCcNum to 2CC.
The scenarios where this feature works vary depending on the eNodeB type:
l For macro eNodeBs, this feature works in the following scenarios:
– Intra-eNodeB scenarios
– Centralized eNodeB coordination
– Relaxed backhaul (only when one-way delay ≤ 4 ms and RTT ≤ 8 ms)
l For LampSite eNodeBs, this feature works in the following scenarios:
– Intra-eNodeB scenarios
– Relaxed backhaul (only when one-way delay ≤ 4ms and RTT ≤ 8ms)
l For micro eNodeBs, this feature works only in relaxed backhaul scenarios where the
one-way delay is 4 ms or less and RTT does not exceed 8 ms. The micro eNodeBs must
be BTS3911Es or BTS3912Es. Micro cells served by BTS3911Es and BTS3912Es can
act as PCells.
For these scenarios:
l Intra-eNodeB scenarios include those described in 3.1.2.1 Intra-eNodeB CA Scenarios
and, for macro eNodeBs, also include FDD+TDD separate-BBU separate-MPT
scenarios, which are described in 3.1.3.9 MRFD-101222 FDD+TDD Downlink Carrier
Aggregation(LTE FDD).
l Centralized eNodeB coordination and relaxed backhaul scenarios are described in 3.1.2.2
Inter-eNodeB CA Scenarios.
PrivateCaBandComb.CombBand3Bw
PrivateCaBandComb.CombBand4Bw
PrivateCaBandComb.CombBand5Bw
l Example 2
ADD PRIVATECABANDCOMB: PrivateCaCombId=1, MaxAggregatedBw=20, BwCombSetId=1,
CombBand1Id=2, CombBand2Id=4, CombBand1Bw= Bandwidth_10M-1, CombBand2Bw=
Bandwidth_10M-1;
NOTE
3.2.1 Overview
Features Involved
Carrier management principles apply to all CA features.
Procedures Involved
Carrier management involves the following procedures for CA UEs:
l PCC anchoring
During PCC anchoring, an eNodeB selects a PCell for a CA UE based on PCell or PCC
priorities. There are two types of PCC anchoring:
– PCC anchoring for connected-mode UEs: occurs when CA UEs access networks at
initial access, incoming handovers, or RRC connection reestablishments. For
details, see 3.2.2 PCC Anchoring for RRC_CONNECTED UEs.
– PCC anchoring for idle-mode UEs: occurs when the RRC connections of CA UEs
are released. For details, see 3.2.3 PCC Anchoring for RRC_IDLE UEs.
PCC anchoring can be based on the priorities of duplex modes (as described in 3.2.4
Duplex-Mode-Priority-based PCC Anchoring), based on load (as described in 3.2.6.1
Load-based PCC Anchoring), or based on neither of them.
NOTE
NOTE
A gap-assisted measurement timer is used in PCC anchoring and SCell configuration for carrier
management. The timer has a fixed length of 3s.
Configuration Mode
CA features work in two configuration modes:
l CA-group-based configuration
To enable this mode, deselect the FreqCfgSwitch option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoSwitch parameter. This mode requires that cells be
NOTE
NOTE
In FDD+TDD CA, either an FDD or a TDD carrier can serve as the PCC for a CA UE. To prioritize
certain FDD or TDD frequencies as PCCs, set high PCell or PCC priorities for cells on the frequencies
or for the frequencies, respectively.
The eNodeB directly delivers the inter-frequency measurement configuration for PCC anchoring to the
CA UE without performing SCell configuration or instructing the UE to perform A1 measurements
when the following conditions are true:
l ENodeBAlgoSwitch.FastEnhancePccAnchorSwitch is set to ON.
l A PCell candidate is also a blind-configurable SCell candidate or all PCell candidates work on lower
frequencies than the current serving cell.
That is because, in this situation, there is a high probability of successful inter-frequency measurements
for PCC anchoring.
In the current serving cell of a CA UE, PCC anchoring is triggered by event A1 and event A1
is reported only once. For the definition of event A1, see 3.1.1 Related Concepts.
NOTE
l Frequencies in band 29 work only for the downlink and therefore cannot work as PCCs.
l PCC anchoring is not initiated for high-mobility UEs.
l It is recommended that PCC anchoring for RRC_CONNECTED UEs not be enabled for cells whose
Cell.HighSpeedFlag is set to HIGH_SPEED(High speed cell flag),
ULTRA_HIGH_SPEED(Ultra high speed cell flag), or EXTRA_HIGH_SPEED(Extra high
speed cell flag).
1. The eNodeB checks whether the current serving cell (for example, cell 1) has the highest
PCell priority (specified by the CaGroupCell.PreferredPCellPriority parameter) among
the cells in the CA group.
– If cell 1 has the highest PCell priority, the eNodeB retains cell 1 as the PCell for the
UE and does not perform further PCC anchoring.
– If cell 1 does not have the highest PCell priority, the eNodeB treats the cells that
have higher PCell priorities than cell 1 in the CA group as candidate PCells. The
eNodeB then arranges the candidates in descending order of PCell priority and goes
to the next step.
2. If the UE capability allows the carrier frequency of the top-priority candidate PCell (for
example, cell 2) to act as the PCC, the eNodeB delivers the A5 measurement
NOTE
After the CA UE is handed over to a new PCell, CA does not work if CA configurations are absent or
incorrect in the target eNodeB or if a data link fails to be set up between the new PCell and SCells.
1. The eNodeB checks whether the current serving carrier (for example, carrier 1) has the
highest PCC priority (specified by the PccFreqCfg.PreferredPccPriority parameter)
among the carriers identified by PccDlEarfcn in PccFreqCfg managed objects (MOs).
– If carrier 1 has the highest PCC priority, the eNodeB retains the cell on carrier 1 as
the PCell for the UE and does not perform further PCC anchoring.
– If carrier 1 does not have the highest PCC priority, the eNodeB treats higher-priority
carriers as candidate PCCs for the UE, arranges them in descending order of PCC
priority, and goes to the next step.
2. If the UE is capable of working at the top-priority candidate PCC (for example, carrier
2), the eNodeB delivers the A5 measurement configuration, instructing the UE to
measure carrier 2. The A5 measurement configuration varies depending on the
If the eNodeB does not receive such a report or if the handover to the cell fails, the eNodeB
deletes the A5 measurement configuration and evaluates the next-priority candidate PCC in
the same way. If no cells on the candidate PCCs meet the conditions for triggering event A5
or no inter-frequency handover is successful, the eNodeB terminates the PCC anchoring
procedure and the cell on carrier 1 eventually serves the UE as its PCell.
NOTE
l If a candidate PCC is not accompanied by candidate SCCs, the eNodeB does not deliver A5
measurement configurations related to this candidate PCC.
l In an inter-eNodeB case, configuration checks on neighboring eNodeBs are not applicable. After the
CA UE is handed over to a new PCell, CA does not work if CA configurations are absent or
incorrect in the target eNodeB or if a data link fails to be set up between the new PCell and SCells.
NOTE
If FDD+TDD CA is enabled, the eNodeB may select a TDD cell as an SCell for a CA UE that is served
by an FDD PCell. During the selection, the eNodeB considers TDD cells with uplink-downlink
configuration 1 or 2 and special subframe configuration 4, 5, 6, 7, or 9 as candidates. From the
candidates, the eNodeB selects an SCell based on carrier management principles. Regardless of whether
an FDD or TDD SCell is to be added to accompany the FDD PCell, the eNodeB follows the SCell
configuration procedures described in this document.
An eNodeB starts SCell configuration for a CA UE if all the following conditions are met:
l The RRC connection of the UE has been set up in any of the following scenarios:
– Initial access (when PCC anchoring has finished)
– RRC connection reestablishment
– Incoming handover
l Signaling radio bearer 2 (SRB2) and the default data radio bearer (DRB) have been set
up.
l The number of SCells for the UE has not reached the maximum allowed value.
l The UE is not running an emergency call.
The triggering of the SCell configuration procedure is also dependent on AMBR-based
control over the number of UEs configured with SCells. (AMBR is short for downlink
aggregate maximum bit rate.) Figure 3-24 shows the AMBR-based control procedure.
After a UE accesses a cell (at initial access, a handover, or an RRC connection
reestablishment) and reports its CA capability to the eNodeB, the eNodeB checks whether the
number of UEs that treat the cell as their PCell has reached the value of
CaMgtCfg.CellMaxPccNumber. If the number has reached the parameter value, the eNodeB
prohibits SCell configuration for this UE. If the number has not reached the parameter value,
the eNodeB then checks whether the AMBR of the UE has exceeded the threshold specified
by CaMgtCfg.CaAmbrThd. The eNodeB allows SCell configuration for this UE only if the
AMBR exceeds the threshold.
In particular, if a CA UE reverts to the single carrier state after the number of UEs that treat
the cell as their PCell reaches the configured value, the eNodeB does not immediately allow
SCell configuration for other UEs. The eNodeB allows SCell configuration for other UEs
only when the number of UEs that treat the cell as their PCell falls below 90% of the
configured value.
Figure 3-24 Procedure for AMBR-based control over the number of UEs configured with
SCells
NOTE
l When comparing the number of UEs with the value of CaMgtCfg.CellMaxPccNumber, the
eNodeB does not consider the number of UEs that treat the cell as their SCell.
l If the AMBR of a UE configured with an SCell is decreased to less than the previous AMBR
threshold, the eNodeB does not remove the SCell unless the conditions described in 3.2.11 SCell
Removal are met.
l When the value of CaMgtCfg.CellMaxPccNumber is decreased to less than the number of UEs that
are configured with SCells and treat the cell as their PCell, the eNodeB does not remove the SCells
for the UEs.
l For a UE that supports FDD+TDD CA and is currently served by a cell in a duplex mode, cells in
the other duplex mode can be configured as SCells if the UE allows the current serving cell to act as
the PCell, as indicated by tdd-FDD-CA-PCellDuplex-r12 in the PhyLayerParameters-v12xy IE in
the UE capability message. If the UE does not allow the current serving cell to act as the PCell,
operators can enable cells in the other duplex mode to act as SCells by setting a specific protocol
compatibility switch. For details about the switch, see 13.4.2 Precautions.
l When the PCells of two CA UEs work on the same frequency and with the same SCell, a cell radio
network temporary identifier (C-RNTI) collision may occur. To prevent abnormal CA services, the
eNodeB automatically changes the C-RNTI for one of the UEs.
NOTE
If the CaGroupScellCfg.SpidGrpId parameter is set to a value other than 65535 for a candidate SCell,
this cell cannot be configured as an SCell for UEs in this subscriber profile ID (SPID) group.
The eNodeB treats any cell that meets all the following conditions as a candidate SCell for a
CA UE:
The eNodeB arranges all candidate SCells in descending order of SCell priority (specified by
the CaGroupSCellCfg.SCellPriority parameter) and attempts to select a candidate SCell as
an SCell for the UE. Cells with the priority value of 0 cannot be configured as SCells.
The SCell configuration procedure varies depending on the parameter settings related to blind
SCell configuration.
NOTE
After delivering the A4 measurement configuration related to a candidate SCell to the UE, the
eNodeB may receive an A2 measurement report, indicating unsatisfactory signal quality of the
PCell, for an inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover. In such a case, the eNodeB will not configure
the candidate cell as an SCell for the UE, even if the eNodeB later receives an A4 measurement
report that contains the candidate cell.
traffic volume of the UE meets the SCell activation conditions, which are described in 3.2.9
SCell Activation. If the SCell activation conditions are met, the eNodeB performs an SCell
configuration procedure again, attempting to configure SCells. This periodic configuration
process continues until the number of successfully configured SCells reaches the required
number. The period is specified by the CaMgtCfg.SccCfgInterval parameter.
NOTE
Among the carriers defined in SccFreqCfg MOs, the eNodeB treats those that have not been
configured as SCCs for the CA UE as candidate SCCs. The eNodeB then arranges all
candidate SCCs in descending order of SCC priority (specified by the
SccFreqCfg.SccPriority parameter) and attempts to select a cell on a candidate SCC as an
SCell for the UE. The configuration procedure is as follows:
NOTE
After delivering the A4 measurement configuration related to a candidate SCC to the UE, the
eNodeB may receive an A2 measurement report, indicating unsatisfactory signal quality of the
PCell, for an inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover. In such a case, the eNodeB will not configure
a candidate cell as an SCell for the UE, even if the eNodeB later receives an A4 measurement
report that contains the candidate cell.
If the UE reports event A2 during PCC anchoring, the PCC anchoring procedure will also be
stopped.
This function results in prolonged time of inter-frequency measurements during PCell and SCell
selection. Therefore, performance statistics indicate a decrease in the number of UEs that are using CA.
NOTE
When the CPU usage of a BBP reaches the threshold for flow control, the eNodeB performs flow
control, the first step of which is to prohibit new CA UEs from accessing cells on the BBP as their
PCells.
NOTE
l During CA-group-based PCC anchoring, the eNodeB can acquire the load status of candidate PCells
in advance and therefore instructs the UE to measure only the low-load candidate PCells. If all
candidate PCells are in the high load state, the eNodeB does not perform load-based PCC anchoring
for the UE. During adaptive PCC anchoring, the eNodeB cannot acquire the load status of candidate
PCells in advance.
l When the load status of a candidate PCell changes, it takes several seconds for the new load status to
be exchanged between BBPs or eNodeBs in the case of inter-BBP or inter-eNodeB CA. If multiple
UEs access the candidate PCell within a short time, the eNodeB may make an incorrect decision on
the load status before the status exchange is complete.
If blind-configurable candidate SCells have been set for the PCell of a CA UE, the eNodeB
preferentially configures SCells in a blind manner. During blind SCell configuration, if the
number of such candidates is greater than the number (for example, n) of SCells to be
configured, the eNodeB checks the load of each candidate and delivers an RRC Connection
Reconfiguration message to the n cells with the lightest load.
If blind-configurable candidate SCells have not been set for the PCell of the CA UE, the
eNodeB checks the load of each candidate SCell after collecting the measurement reports
about all candidates. (If the eNodeB does not receive measurement reports about any cell on a
frequency within 3s, it considers that the UE is not in the coverage area of the frequency and
instructs the UE to stop the measurements.) Based on the load status, the eNodeB delivers an
RRC Connection Reconfiguration message to configure SCells for the UE. This
measurement-based SCell configuration procedure has a longer delay than the blind SCell
configuration procedure. To shorten the delay, it is recommended that candidate SCells be
blind-configurable.
NOTE
eNodeBs do not consider the load status of cells during A6-based SCell changes.
l If the PCell cannot set up a data link to cell 2, the eNodeB tries the next-priority
candidate SCell.
If the PCell cannot set up a data link to any candidate SCell, the eNodeB does not change the
SCell for the UE.
1. After receiving the A1 report from the UE, the eNodeB searches for serving cell
combinations that are better than the current combination. The eNodeB then sends the
UE the measurement configurations that include the operating frequencies of the better
combinations. The method of finding better combinations is the same as intelligent
selection of serving cell combinations described in 3.1.3.3 LAOFD-070201 Flexible CA
from Multiple Carriers.
2. The eNodeB starts a 3-second timer. If the UE sends an A4 report before the timer
expires and the report contains all the cells in the optimal combination, the eNodeB stops
the timer and inter-frequency measurements. If the eNodeB has not received such a
report when the timer expires, it stops the inter-frequency measurements.
3. The eNodeB selects the PCell and SCells in the best combination among the reported
ones as target PCell and SCells. If the target PCell is different from the current PCell, the
eNodeB performs a handover to change the PCell. If the target PCell is the same as the
current PCell but a target SCell is different from the current SCells, the eNodeB changes
the SCell. If the target PCell and SCells are the same as the current ones, the eNodeB
retains them.
NOTE
When the downlink traffic volume meets both of the following conditions, the eNodeB sends
a MAC control element (CE) to activate all the configured SCells:
l Data volume buffered at the RLC layer > max (Uu data rate at the RLC layer x
CaMgtCfg.ActiveBufferDelayThd, CaMgtCfg.ActiveBufferLenThd)
l Delay of the first RLC protocol data unit (PDU) > CaMgtCfg.ActiveBufferDelayThd
When a CA UE is configured with two uplink CCs, the eNodeB evaluates uplink traffic
volume as follows, in addition to downlink traffic volume:
If TTI bundling does not take effect on the CA UE and the reported uplink buffer status is
greater than the CaMgtCfg.ActiveBufferLenThd parameter value throughout the period
specified by CaMgtCfg.UlCaActiveTimeToTrigger, the uplink SCell can be activated.
Section 6.1.3.8 "Activation/Deactivation MAC Control Element" in 3GPP TS 36.321 V11.1.0
provides details about the MAC CE. An eNodeB activates an SCell as long as either uplink or
downlink traffic volume meets the activation conditions. If uplink (instead of downlink)
traffic volume meets the activation conditions, the eNodeB activates only the SCell that has
been configured for the uplink. SCells configured only for the downlink will not be activated
in this situation.
NOTE
To ensure synchronization between the UE and the eNodeB, SCells are activated on the UE
and eNodeB simultaneously in the x-th subframe after the eNodeB sends a MAC CE for SCell
activation to the UE. The value of x is stipulated in physical layer protocols. For FDD
eNodeBs, the value is 8, as shown in Figure 3-30. The eNodeB sends a MAC CE in subframe
n, and the SCell is activated on the UE and eNodeB in subframe (n+x).
NOTE
After an SCell is deactivated based on channel quality, the CA UE no longer reports the SCell's CQI to
the eNodeB. The eNodeB may subsequently activate the SCell based on traffic volume. To prevent
frequent SCell activation and deactivation, set CaMgtCfg.SccReActivationTime, which specifies the
minimum interval between SCell deactivation and traffic-volume-based reactivation. This parameter is
PCell-specific. It takes effect in the PCell, which makes activation decisions.
l To enable eNodeBs to detect the actual SCell activation status, operators must select the
SccDeactByUlDtxSwitch option for each eNodeB involved in CA. If operators select the option
only for the serving eNodeB of the PCell or an SCell, the probability of successfully detecting
activation status inconsistency decreases.
l Operators are advised to select the SccDeactByUlDtxSwitch option in scenarios other than high
uplink load. If this option is selected in high uplink load scenarios, the data rates in SCells will drop.
If the eNodeB removes n SCells for a UE in the uplink or downlink mCC aggregation state,
the UE will be served by m–n carriers.
NOTE
When a bearer for an emergency call or with QCI 1, 65, 66, or an enhanced extended QCI is set up for a
CA UE whose SCells have been configured, the eNodeB does not remove the SCells.
NOTE
In CA-group-based configuration mode, the following setting constraint applies: The threshold for event
A4 must be higher than the threshold for event A2. In addition, only the values in the range of [-143,
-43] take effect for both thresholds.
When setting the parameters for these thresholds, ensure that the threshold for event A4 is
higher than the threshold for event A2. If the threshold for event A4 is not higher than the
threshold for event A2 and SccA2RmvSwitch under the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoSwitch
parameter is on, the eNodeB will remove an SCell based on event A2 immediately after
configuring the SCell. Then, if the traffic volume of the CA UE meets the SCell activation
conditions throughout a certain period of time, the eNodeB configures the SCell again. As a
result, the SCell is configured and removed repeatedly. The two thresholds are defined as
follows:
If SccA2RmvSwitch is off, the eNodeB does not deliver the A2 measurement configuration.
l After an RRC connection is set up between a CA UE and a cell, the cell acts as the PCell
of the UE. The PCell transmits non-access stratum (NAS) messages for the UE.
l An eNodeB configures SCells for a CA UE by sending messages over the RRC
connection. After the SCells are configured, the CA UE still has only one RRC
connection with the network and is allocated only one cell radio network temporary
identifier (C-RNTI).
l The PCell and SCells for a CA UE each have a complete set of channels with one
exception: physical uplink control channel (PUCCH). This channel carries layer 1 uplink
control information, such as acknowledgments (ACKs) or negative ACKs (NACKs) to
downlink data, scheduling requests, and periodic channel state information (CSI). The
PUCCH exists only in the PCell.
Handover Messages
The handover procedures for CA UEs have the following characteristics:
l The handover procedure for PCell changes is the same as a common handover
procedure, in which the eNodeB sends an RRC Connection Reconfiguration message
that contains the IE mobilityControlInfo to the UE.
l Unlike a common handover procedure, the handover procedure that involves SCell
configuration or removal has the following characteristics:
– If SCell configuration is required, the eNodeB sends an RRC Connection
Reconfiguration message that contains the IE sCellToAddModList to the UE.
– If SCell removal is required, the eNodeB sends an RRC Connection
Reconfiguration message that contains the IE sCellToReleaseList to the UE.
The number of CCs configured in source and target eNodeBs is not relevant to the handover
procedure. If the target eNodeB is configured with two, three, four, or five downlink CCs, the
SCell configuration procedure takes place for 2CC, 3CC, 4CC, or 5CC aggregation,
respectively.
The RRC Connection Reconfiguration and the preceding IEs can be traced as described in
6.4.5 Activation Observation.
Measurement Configuration
If an eNodeB performs CA for a CA UE whose signal quality is so poor that an inter-
frequency handover may occur, the spectral efficiency of the network decreases and the block
error rate (BLER) increases. To prevent this, set thresholds as described in Table 3-6.
Handover Events
CA UEs report events for eNodeBs to evaluate the following handovers:
l Intra-frequency handover (Related parameters are configured in the IntraFreqHoGroup
MO.)
An eNodeB performs an intra-frequency handover for a CA UE when it receives an A3
measurement report from the UE in the PCell.
l Inter-frequency handover (Related parameters are configured in the InterFreqHoGroup
MO.)
After receiving an A2 measurement report from a CA UE in the PCell, the eNodeB
serving the PCell delivers the inter-frequency measurement configuration to the UE. The
measurement configuration varies depending on whether SCells have been configured:
– When SCells have been configured for the UE, the eNodeB delivers the A3
measurement configuration if EutranInterNFreq.InterFreqHoEventType is set to
EventA3. If this parameter is set to a value other than EventA3, the eNodeB
delivers the A5 measurement configuration.
– If no SCell has been configured for the UE, the eNodeB delivers the measurement
configuration related to the event specified by
EutranInterNFreq.InterFreqHoEventType.
l For the triggering conditions for the preceding events, see Intra-RAT Mobility Management in
Connected Mode. Event A5 is triggered if the signal quality in the PCell is lower than the
threshold for handover event A2 and the signal quality in at least one neighboring cell is
higher than the threshold for handover event A4.
l It is recommended that threshold 1 for event A5 be the same as the threshold for inter-
frequency handover event A2. If threshold 1 is lower than or equal to the threshold for blind
handover event A2, the eNodeB will not deliver A5 measurement configurations to the UEs.
Frequency-Priority-based Handover
If the operator-specified frequency with the highest priority for frequency-priority-based
handovers is different from the frequency with the highest priority for PCC anchoring, you are
advised to select the FreqPriBasedHoCaFiltSwitch option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoSwitch parameter. In such a case, the eNodeB does not deliver
the measurement configuration related to frequency-priority-based handovers to CA UEs. If
you do not select this option, frequency-priority-based handovers may occur on CA UEs soon
after the UEs are handed over to a frequency with a high PCC anchoring priority.
If a frequency has both the highest priority for frequency-priority-based handovers and the
highest priority for PCC anchoring, you can deselect the FreqPriBasedHoCaFiltSwitch and
PccAnchorSwitch options of the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoSwitch parameter. In such a
case, mobility of both CA UEs and non-CA UEs is subject to the frequency priorities defined
for frequency-priority-based handovers.
Load-based Handover
If a CA UE meets the triggering conditions for load balancing, the eNodeB performs a load-
based inter-frequency handover on the UE. For details about this type of handover, see Intra-
RAT Mobility Load Balancing.
For more details about mobility management, see Overview of Mobility Management in
Connected Mode.
Admission Control
Admission control under CA differs from admission control without CA in the following
ways:
l Admission control based on the number of UEs
When an eNodeB receives an access request from a CA UE (for RRC connection setup
or reestablishment, an incoming handover, or a transition from out-of-synchronization to
in-synchronization), the eNodeB performs admission control in both the PCell and
SCells based on the number of UEs in the individual cells. If the eNodeB accepts the
access request, it treats the UE as an RRC_CONNECTED UE in each serving cell.
However, only the RRC_CONNECTED UEs in the PCell consume UE count license
units. As a result, for example, if all UEs on the entire network have their SCells
activated and work in the 2CC aggregation state, the maximum number of UEs that can
access the network decreases by half, and the number of consumed UE count license
units is equal to the actual number of UEs that have accessed the network.
When a preemption-capable UE attempts to access a cell configured on a BBP where the
number of UEs has reached the maximum, the eNodeB preferentially releases other CA
UEs that treat the cell as their SCell. The release maximizes the total number of UEs on
the entire network.
l Admission control based on QoS satisfaction rates
This type of admission control applies to guaranteed bit rate (GBR) services of CA UEs
only in their PCells.
If a CA UE is admitted to its PCell, the UE accesses the network.
If the UE is not admitted to its PCell and:
– If the UE is incapable of preemption, the UE cannot access the network.
– If the UE is capable of preemption, the UE performs preemption.
n If the preemption is successful, the UE accesses the network.
n If the preemption fails, the UE cannot access the network.
For more details about admission control, see Admission and Congestion Control.
Congestion Control
Huawei eNodeBs relieve traffic congestion mainly by releasing GBR services. When a cell is
overloaded, GBR services in the cell do not meet their QoS requirements. If DlLdcSwitch
and UlLdcSwitch under the CellAlgoSwitch.RacAlgoSwitch parameter are on for the cell,
the eNodeB releases low-priority GBR services in the cell to ensure the satisfaction rates of
high-priority GBR services. This congestion control mechanism works in CA scenarios.
If congestion control over GBR services is triggered in a cell due to insufficient radio
resources, the eNodeB releases the GBR services of CA UEs that treat this cell as their PCell
and the GBR services of non-CA UEs in this cell. (Non-CA UEs are terminals that do not
support CA.) When the eNodeB selects the UEs whose services are to be released, it removes
CA UEs that treat the cell as their SCell from the list of prioritized candidates. If a service to
be released is the only GBR service of a UE that meets the redirection condition, the eNodeB
redirects the UE. If the service is not the only GBR service or the redirection condition is not
met, the eNodeB releases this GBR service of the UE.
For more details about congestion control, see Admission and Congestion Control.
l Basic scheduling
When physical resource blocks (PRBs) on a network are abundant, basic scheduling
works in the same way as differentiated scheduling. CA UEs can use sufficient PRBs to
meet their service requirements.
When there is PRB congestion on a network, basic scheduling works with fairness taken
into consideration. The data rate of a CA UE is almost the same as the data rate of a non-
CA UE that runs services with the same QCI.
Due to inconsistent spectral efficiency for the CA UE between the PCC and SCCs, basic
scheduling does not achieve the same data rates for CA and non-CA UEs when planning
to allocate the same number of PRBs to the two UEs.
– If the difference in spectral efficiency between the PCC and SCCs is large (for
example, when the CA UE is located at the edge of a cell), there is a large
difference in the number of allocated PRBs between the CA UE and the non-CA
UE.
– If the spectral efficiency is almost the same between the PCC and SCCs, the
number of PRBs allocated to the CA UE is close to that of PRBs allocated to the
non-CA UE.
The CellDlschAlgo.CaSchWeight parameter has been added to eRAN11.1 to specify the
differentiated scheduling factor for CA UEs when the scheduling method is basic
scheduling. This parameter provides GUI values of 0 to 10, which correspond to actual
values of 0 to 1. It takes effect only in downlink scheduling. A larger parameter value
results in more scheduling differentiation between CA UEs and non-CA UEs. A smaller
parameter value results in fairer scheduling. This is a parameter to be set for the PCell.
When this parameter is set to the default value 0, basic scheduling works in the same
way as before. When this parameter is set to a value other than 0, the number of PRBs
allocated to a CA UE is (1 + n x m) times the number of PRBs allocated to a non-CA
UE, where n is the number of activated SCells and m is the actual value of the
CellDlschAlgo.CaSchWeight parameter.
l Differentiated scheduling
The data rate of a CA UE for priority calculation is defined as the data rate only on the
current CC of the UE. On each CC, the CA UE is allocated the same number of RBs as a
non-CA UE on the same CC. Therefore, the number of RBs allocated to the CA UE is
the sum of the average number of RBs allocated to a non-CA UE in each of the serving
cells. The data rate of the CA UE served by n CCs is almost n times the data rate of a
non-CA UE, when the spectral efficiencies of the CCs are close to each other, UEs are
evenly distributed on the CCs, and channel conditions are the same between the CCs.
In differentiated scheduling, a CA UE is treated as a common UE on each CC. It is
scheduled separately in the CCs. Therefore, a CA UE can be assigned more PRBs and
provide a better user experience than a non-CA UE. However, radio resources for non-
CA UEs decrease.
For more details about scheduling, see Scheduling Feature Parameter Description.
NOTE
If an SCell is configured for a CA UE in the uplink, uplink scheduling uses the method configured for
downlink scheduling: basic or differentiated scheduling.
MIMO Schemes
In CA scenarios, each CC supports 2T or 4T MIMO (the number of antennas may vary with
carriers). The MIMO scheme is separately configured for each CC.
UEs
The way the terminal industry chain has developed, some UEs do not support aggregation of
the maximum number of CCs while using the highest-order MIMO configurations. For
example, some UEs support aggregation of three 2x2 MIMO CCs or aggregation of one 4x4
MIMO CC and one 2x4 MIMO CC, but not aggregation of three 4x4 MIMO CCs.
For these UEs, the CaMgtCfg.CaMimoPriorityStrategySw parameter can be used to
determine the policy for adaptive selection of CA or high-order MIMO.
l If this parameter is set to CA_PRIOR, CA takes precedence over high-order MIMO
after UEs access the network. The number of CCs can reach the maximum value
specified on the network.
l If this parameter is set to MIMO_PRIOR, high-order MIMO takes effect when the CQI
and IBLER of the UE meet the conditions for reaching peak data rates. When the CQI or
IBLER does not meet the conditions, CA takes effect, allowing aggregation of the
maximum number of CCs.
l If this parameter is set to PEAK_RATE_PRIOR, the CA and MIMO combination
producing the highest peak data rate takes effect.
If higher-order MIMO produces a higher peak data rate than aggregation of the
maximum number of CCs, high-order MIMO takes effect when the CQI and IBLER of
the UE meet the conditions for reaching peak data rates. If any of the peak data rate,
CQI, and IBLER does not meet their respective conditions, CA takes effect, allowing
aggregation of the maximum number of CCs.
On commercial networks, the actual downlink data rate of a UE may fail to reach its
maximum if there is a large load difference between the CCs of the UE.
l If DRX is enabled in all the PCell and SCells for a CA UE, the UE states in the cells are
handled as follows when the serving eNodeB of the PCell sends a MAC CE to activate
the SCells:
– If the UE has entered the DRX state in the PCell, the UE now also enters the DRX
state in SCells, with the DRX parameters for the PCell applied to the SCells.
– If the UE has not entered the DRX state in the PCell, the eNodeB determines
whether the UE should enter the DRX state in all the PCell and SCells based on the
traffic volume of the UE.
l If DRX is enabled in the PCell but disabled in an SCell, the UE exits and no longer
enters the DRX state after the SCell is configured for the UE.
l If DRX is disabled in the PCell, the UE will not enter the DRX state in either the PCell
or SCells, regardless of whether DRX is enabled in the SCells.
l If DRX and uplink FDD+TDD CA are both enabled, the
DrxParaGroup.OnDurationTimer parameter must be set to a value greater than four
subframes for the FDD cell.
For more details about DRX control, see DRX and Signaling Control.
CA UEs can access only operator-specific carriers (either in PCells or in SCells). Assume that
there are three frequencies:
On this network, only the carriers of f1 and f2 can be aggregated for CA UEs of operator A,
and only the carriers of f1 and f3 can be aggregated for CA UEs of operator B. CA UEs of
operator A cannot access cells on f3 or have cells on f3 configured as their SCells. In addition,
CA UEs of operator B cannot access cells on f2 or have cells on f2 configured as their SCells.
NOTE
Extended PHR is an information element introduced by 3GPP for uplink CA UEs. It contains the PHR
for each CC. For details, see section 6.1.3.6a "Extended Power Headroom MAC Control Element" in
3GPP TS 36.321 V11.0.0.
NOTE
For details about PDCCH order, see section 8.0 "UE procedure for transmitting the physical uplink
shared channel" in 3GPP TS 36.213 V11.4.0.
If a TDD cell and an FDD cell act as the PCell and SCell respectively in uplink 2CC
aggregation for a UE and the FTMtaAlgSwitch option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoExTSwitch parameter is selected:
l The eNodeB preferentially instructs the UE to send sounding reference signal (SRS) in
the 13th orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol of an uplink
subframe. Uplink scheduling of the UE in the FDD cell yields to the SRS transmission to
ensure beamforming gains in the TDD cell.
l If the CellPdcchAlgo.ComSigCongregLv parameter is set to CONGREG_LV8 for the
TDD cell, the PDCCH control channel element (CCE) aggregation level for common
control signaling is so high that the eNodeB transmit power might be insufficient for
sending a Random Access Response message to the UE. This negatively affects
configuration of the uplink SCell for the UE.
4 Related Features
LOFD-081223 Extended Cell Cells with a radius of over 100 km experience a delay
Access Radius in uplink reception, which results in a great difference
Beyond 100km in the timing offset from common cells. Therefore,
cells with a radius of over 100 km do not support CA.
LOFD-081221 Super Currently, this feature does not work with CA.
Combined Cell
Impacted Features
Feature ID Feature Name Description
LOFD-001032 Intra-LTE Load When selecting UEs for load balancing, the
Balancing eNodeB filters out the CA UEs that treat the
source cell as their PCells or SCells.
LOFD-001044 Inter-RAT Load
Sharing to UTRAN
LAOFD-081233 Dynamic TDM CA UEs do not support the two types of CSI
eICIC measurements for eICIC in SCells and
therefore do not support these eICIC features in
LAOFD-081234 FeICIC SCells.
LOFD-081223 Extended Cell Cells with a radius of over 100 km experience a delay
Access Radius in uplink reception, which results in a great difference
Beyond 100km in the timing offset from common cells. Therefore,
cells with a radius of over 100 km do not support CA.
LOFD-081221 Super Currently, this feature does not work with CA.
Combined Cell
Impacted Features
Feature ID Feature Name Description
LOFD-001032 Intra-LTE Load When selecting UEs for load balancing, the
Balancing eNodeB filters out the CA UEs that treat the
source cell as their PCells or SCells.
LOFD-001044 Inter-RAT Load
Sharing to UTRAN
LAOFD-081233 Dynamic TDM CA UEs do not support the two types of CSI
eICIC measurements for eICIC in SCells and
therefore do not support these eICIC features in
LAOFD-081234 FeICIC SCells.
Impacted Features
None
Impacted Features
None
Impacted Features
Feature ID Feature Name Description
Impacted Features
Feature ID Feature Name Description
LBFD-001015 Enhanced The impact applies only to the UEs for which
Scheduling inter-eNodeB CA based on relaxed backhaul takes
effect. To mitigate the impact of inter-eNodeB
transmission delay, eNodeBs must estimate
scheduling opportunities for CA UEs in advance.
This may have a slight short-term impact on
fairness among UEs but does not affect
scheduling-related performance indicators.
Impacted Features
Feature ID Feature Name Description
LOFD-081219 Inter-eNodeB
VoLTE CoMP
Impacted Features
None
Impacted Features
None
Impacted Features
None
Impacted Features
Feature ID Feature Name Description
LBFD-00202102 Cell Re-build Between If this feature is activated and a CPRI port
Baseband Processing switchover occurs in the eNodeB with a
Units hot-backup ring topology, SCells may be
deactivated due to bit errors. However,
the SCells will be reactivated soon.
LOFD-001032 Intra-LTE Load Balancing When selecting UEs for load balancing,
the eNodeB filters out the CA UEs that
LOFD-001044 Inter-RAT Load Sharing treat the source cell as their PCells or
to UTRAN SCells.
LOFD-001045 Inter-RAT Load Sharing
to GERAN
LOFD-070220 eMBMS Phase 1 based on When this feature is enabled, CA UEs can
Centralized MCE receive MBSFN subframes in their PCells
Architecture but not in their SCells. This feature works
for CA UEs only in PCells.
LAOFD-081233 Dynamic TDM eICIC CA UEs do not support the two types of
CSI measurements for eICIC in SCells
LAOFD-081234 FeICIC and therefore do not support these eICIC
features in SCells.
TDLBFD-00202 Cell Re-build Between If this feature is activated and a CPRI port
102 Baseband Processing switchover occurs in the eNodeB with a hot-
Units backup ring topology, SCells may be
deactivated due to bit errors. However, the
SCells will be reactivated soon.
TDLOFD-00103 Intra-LTE Load When selecting UEs for either type of load
2 Balancing balancing defined in the two features, the
eNodeB filters out the CA UEs that treat the
TDLOFD-07021 Intra-LTE User source cell as their PCells or SCells.
5 Number Load
Balancing
TDLOFD-07022 eMBMS Phase 1 based When this feature is enabled, CA UEs can
0 on Centralized MCE receive MBSFN subframes in their PCells
Architecture but not in their SCells. This feature works
for CA UEs only in PCells.
TDLAOFD-0030 Intra-eNodeB DL
02 CoMP in Adaptive
Mode
TDLAOFD-0814 Inter-eNodeB DL
11 CoMP Based on
Relaxed Backhaul
Impacted Features
Feature ID Feature Name Description
TDLOFD-0010 TTI Bundling Uplink CA does not work with TTI bundling. TTI
48 bundling overrides uplink CA. When an eNodeB
determines to configure TTI bundling for a CA
UE, the eNodeB sends an RRC Connection
Reconfiguration message to remove the uplink
SCell and configure TTI bundling.
TDLOFD-0010 MU- If the FDD PCell does not have SRS subframe
77 Beamforming configurations or the cells do not overlap in
their SRS subframe configurations, the
configurations for the FDD PCell must be
added or modified. This causes the cell to
restart and also affects SRS-based features,
such as coordinated scheduling based power
control (CSPC) and uplink coordinated
multipoint reception (UL CoMP). For details
about SRS subframe configuration, see
Physical Channel Resource Management
Feature Parameter Description.
5 Network Impact
Network Performance
l Overall PRB usage of the network
In commercial networks, most services on CA UEs are burst services, and there is little
probability that PRBs in all CCs of a UE will be exhausted simultaneously. When CA is
enabled, cell load can be rapidly balanced through carrier management and scheduling,
utilizing idle resources and increasing the overall PRB usage of the network.
l PRB usage of SCells
If the Dl2CCAckResShareSw option of the CELLALGOSWITCH.PucchAlgoSwitch
parameter is selected, due to possible errors in the estimated scheduling priority of
individual CA UEs, the PRBs in SCells may not be fully utilized when each SCell is
serving a small number of non-CA UEs and the non-CA UE traffic is light.
l Number of CQI reports
In accordance with section 10.1.1 "PUCCH format information" of 3GPP TS 36.213
V10.10.0, CA UEs cannot send CSI reports together with ACK/NACK over the PUCCH
with format 1b. Therefore, the UEs discard CSI reports in accordance with 3GPP
specifications. CSI reports include periodic CQI reports. As a result, the number of CQI
reports from CA UEs decreases, as indicated by the values of the L.ChMeas.CQI.DL.0 to
L.ChMeas.CQI.DL.15 counters, after CA is enabled.
When the number of CQI reports from CA UEs decreases, the total number of CQI
reports in the entire network may decrease, increase, or remain unchanged, depending on
the radio conditions of the CA UEs and the ratio of CA UEs to all UEs. For example, if
CA UEs are located in cell centers and account for a high proportion of all UEs, the total
number of CQI reports may also decrease. If CA UEs are not located in cell centers or
they account for a low proportion, the total number of CQI reports may increase or
remain unchanged.
l KPI fluctuation
The PCell and SCells of each CA UE may not have the same channel quality. Therefore,
CQIs fluctuate after SCells are configured for CA UEs. If the channel quality in the
SCells of a CA UE is higher than that in the PCell, network performance improves in
terms of the cell throughput, number of RRC connection reestablishments, uplink
IBLER, downlink IBLER, uplink packet loss rate, downlink packet loss rate, and service
drop rate. If the channel quality in the SCells is lower than that in the PCell, these
performance indicators deteriorate.
l Downlink cell performance
The downlink IBLER of a cell will fluctuate if the 2CCDlCaEnhanceSwitch option of
the CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter is selected.
A CA UE with SCells configured has only one RRC connection to the network. It
consumes one sales unit of the license for the number of RRC_CONNECTED UEs.
However, the CA UE consumes a hardware resource unit in each of its serving cells. In
an extreme case with nCC aggregation for all UEs on the network, the maximum number
of UEs that can access the network decreases to 1/n (n is an integer.) When all hardware
resources are used, the eNodeB preferentially releases CA UEs in their SCells to
maximize the number of UEs that can access the network.
l PUCCH and PUSCH overheads
Each CA UE sends the ACK/NACK and CSI related to its SCells in its PCell. When the
PUSCH is not scheduled, the UE sends the information over the PUCCH. When the
PUSCH is scheduled, the UE sends the information over the PUSCH. Therefore,
PUCCH overhead or PUSCH associated signaling overhead increases.
l Overall throughput in the entire network
CA does not directly affect network capacity. However, when resources on a network
have not been exhausted, CA increases the resource usage and overall throughput in the
network.
l Data rates of CA UEs
– When resources on a network have not been exhausted, CA in the network
increases the data rates of CA UEs.
– When resources on a network have been exhausted, the data rates of CA UEs are
dependent on scheduling policies (described in 3.3.4 Scheduling Under CA) and
UE locations. Activating an SCell may result in a decrease in the overall SCell
throughput if the UE is located at the edge of the SCell. However, activating an
SCell may cause an increase in the overall SCell throughput if the UE is located in
the cell center or at a place of a medium distance to the center of the SCell.
Network Performance
l Overall PRB usage of the network
In commercial networks, most services on CA UEs are burst services, and there is little
probability that PRBs in all CCs of a UE will be exhausted simultaneously. When CA is
enabled, cell load can be rapidly balanced through carrier management and scheduling,
utilizing idle resources and increasing the overall PRB usage of the network.
l PRB usage of SCells
If the Dl2CCAckResShareSw option of the CELLALGOSWITCH.PucchAlgoSwitch
parameter is selected, due to possible errors in the estimated scheduling priority of
individual CA UEs, the PRBs in SCells may not be fully utilized when each SCell is
serving a small number of non-CA UEs and the non-CA UE traffic is light.
l Number of CQI reports
In accordance with section 10.1.1 "PUCCH format information" of 3GPP TS 36.213
V10.10.0, CA UEs cannot send CSI reports together with ACK/NACK over the PUCCH
with format 1b. Therefore, the UEs discard CSI reports in accordance with 3GPP
specifications. CSI reports include periodic CQI reports. As a result, the number of CQI
reports from CA UEs decreases, as indicated by the values of the L.ChMeas.CQI.DL.0 to
L.ChMeas.CQI.DL.15 counters, after CA is enabled.
When the number of CQI reports from CA UEs decreases, the total number of CQI
reports in the entire network may decrease, increase, or remain unchanged, depending on
the radio conditions of the CA UEs and the ratio of CA UEs to all UEs. For example, if
CA UEs are located in cell centers and account for a high proportion of all UEs, the total
number of CQI reports may also decrease. If CA UEs are not located in cell centers or
they account for a low proportion, the total number of CQI reports may increase or
remain unchanged.
l KPI fluctuation
The PCell and SCells of each CA UE may not have the same channel quality. Therefore,
CQIs fluctuate after SCells are configured for CA UEs. If the channel quality in the
SCells of a CA UE is higher than that in the PCell, network performance improves in
terms of the cell throughput, number of RRC connection reestablishments, uplink
IBLER, downlink IBLER, uplink packet loss rate, downlink packet loss rate, and service
drop rate. If the channel quality in the SCells is lower than that in the PCell, these
performance indicators deteriorate.
l Downlink cell performance
The downlink IBLER of a cell will fluctuate if the 2CCDlCaEnhanceSwitch option of
the CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter is selected.
Network Performance
No impact.
Network Performance
No impact.
Network Performance
l In a centralized eNodeB coordination scenario, where there is inter-eNodeB transmission
delay, the LAOFD-070202 feature has a slight negative impact on the peak data rate of a
CA UE but does not affect user experience. The reason is that the data to be sent does
not arrive at an SCell of the UE on the SCell's scheduling occasion and the UE cannot be
scheduled at that moment.
l In a distributed eNodeB coordination scenario, if the RTT for inter-eNodeB transmission
is between 32 μs (including 32 μs) and 260 μs, the LAOFD-070202 feature has the
following impacts on the UEs involved:
– CQI reports for SCells are delayed, causing slight deterioration in frequency-
selective scheduling performance and an increase in IBLER.
– Reports of HARQ demodulation results are delayed, affecting the peak data rate of
a single UE and resulting in an increase in RBLER.
– CQI and IBLER feedback is delayed, causing a fluctuation in the data rate of UEs
located medium or long distances from the center of their SCells.
– Due to the difference in RLC data arrival time between the aggregated carriers, a
CA UE has to organize the received data during data combining. The data
organizing consumes UE CPU resources. If the CPU capacity is insufficient, the
data rate of the UE fluctuates.
– Due to possible errors in the estimated scheduling priority of a CA UE, the PRBs in
an SCell for the UE may not be fully utilized when the SCell is serving a small
number of non-CA UEs and the non-CA UE traffic is light.
– To minimize the impact of inter-eNodeB transmission delay, RLC retransmissions
occur only in the PCell of each CA UE. If the Uu bandwidth of the PCell is used up
by GBR services, RLC retransmissions for a CA UE are often blocked and the data
rate of the UE fluctuates.
– If an eNodeB detects congestion in the transmission queues on an eX2 interface, it
triggers backpressure on the inter-eNodeB CA UEs on the interface, and the data
rates of the CA UEs decrease. When the eNodeB detects that the congestion is
relieved, it stops the backpressure, and the data rates of the CA UEs return to the
original levels.
Network Performance
This feature imposes the following impact on the UEs involved:
l CQI reports for SCells are delayed, causing slight deterioration in frequency-selective
scheduling performance and an increase in IBLER.
l Reports of HARQ demodulation results are delayed, affecting the peak data rate of a
single UE and resulting in an increase in RBLER.
l CQI and IBLER feedback is delayed, causing a fluctuation in the data rate of UEs
located medium or long distances from the center of their SCells.
l Due to the difference in RLC data arrival time between the aggregated carriers, a CA UE
has to organize the received data during data combining. The data organizing consumes
UE CPU resources. If the CPU capacity is insufficient, the data rate of the UE fluctuates.
l Due to possible errors in the estimated scheduling priority of a CA UE, the PRBs in an
SCell for the UE may not be fully utilized when the SCell is serving a small number of
non-CA UEs and the non-CA UE traffic is light.
l To minimize the impact of inter-eNodeB transmission delay, RLC retransmissions occur
only in the PCell of each CA UE. If the Uu bandwidth of the PCell is used up by GBR
services, RLC retransmissions for a CA UE are often blocked and the data rate of the UE
fluctuates.
l If an eNodeB detects congestion in the transmission queues on an eX2 interface, it
triggers backpressure on the inter-eNodeB CA UEs on the interface, and the data rates of
the CA UEs decrease. When the eNodeB detects that the congestion is relieved, it stops
the backpressure, and the data rates of the CA UEs return to the original levels.
Network Performance
l This feature may cause a rise in uplink interference on networks because of an increase
in uplink resources consumed by CA UEs.
l If MTA is enabled, non-contention-based random access occurs in SCells. As a result,
the counters related to random access to the SCells return larger values. In addition, if
uplink power of CA UEs is limited, MTA measurements result in certain throughput
loss.
l Uplink throughput rises when the UlCaPuschPcOptSwitch option of the
CellAlgoSwitch.UlPcAlgoSwitch parameter is selected, as long as uplink resources are
sufficient. When this option is selected, the transmit power on each PRB decreases so
that more PRBs can be allocated to UEs. This function extends the number of UEs in the
uplink CA state. However, because more resources are now used by CA UEs, uplink
interference may rise, resulting in a higher uplink IBLER and a larger number of DTXs.
Network Performance
This feature has the following impact on PUCCH overheads:
l If the PucchSwitch option of the CellAlgoSwitch.PucchAlgoSwitch parameter is
selected to enable adaptive PUCCH resource allocation, the eNodeB adds an RB for
PUCCH format-3 overhead. As a result, the number of RBs available for the PUSCH
decreases by at least one. (This number must be a multiple of 2, 3, or 5.) The total uplink
throughput decreases.
Network Performance
This feature has the following impact on PUCCH overheads:
l If the PucchSwitch option of the CellAlgoSwitch.PucchAlgoSwitch parameter is
selected to enable adaptive PUCCH resource allocation, the eNodeB adds an RB for
PUCCH format-3 overhead. As a result, the number of RBs available for the PUSCH
decreases by at least one. (This number must be a multiple of 2, 3, or 5.) The total uplink
throughput decreases.
l If the PucchSwitch option of the CellAlgoSwitch.PucchAlgoSwitch parameter is
deselected to enable fixed PUCCH resource allocation, the eNodeB changes the usage of
a PUCCH RB from periodic CQI reporting to PUCCH format-3 overhead. As a result,
more UEs have to use aperiodic CQI reporting, and downlink UE throughput may
slightly decrease.
Network Performance
This feature has the following impact on PUCCH overheads:
l If the PucchSwitch option of the CellAlgoSwitch.PucchAlgoSwitch parameter is
selected to enable adaptive PUCCH resource allocation, the eNodeB adds an RB for
PUCCH format-3 overhead. As a result, the number of RBs available for the PUSCH
decreases by at least one. (This number must be a multiple of 2, 3, or 5.) The total uplink
throughput decreases.
l If the PucchSwitch option of the CellAlgoSwitch.PucchAlgoSwitch parameter is
deselected to enable fixed PUCCH resource allocation, the eNodeB changes the usage of
a PUCCH RB from periodic CQI reporting to PUCCH format-3 overhead. As a result,
more UEs have to use aperiodic CQI reporting, and downlink UE throughput may
slightly decrease.
Network Performance
l When an FDD carrier is working as the PCC and TDD carriers are working as SCCs for
a CA UE, the downlink TDD spectrum resources are fully utilized, which increases the
downlink data rate. The FDD PCC also provides better uplink coverage for the CA UE
than a TDD carrier would for a non-CA UE.
l When a TDD carrier is working as the PCC, it can obtain beamforming gains,
represented by an increased downlink data rate. However, in certain scenarios, TTI
bundling may be triggered due to the limited number of bits for ACK/NACK over the
PUCCH in the TDD PCell, causing the downlink data rate to drop on each CC. TTI
bundling may be triggered when:
– The TDD PCell uses uplink-downlink configuration 2 and participates in FDD
+TDD 3CC, 4CC, or 5CC aggregation.
– The TDD PCell uses uplink-downlink configuration 1 and participates in FDD
+TDD 4CC or 5CC aggregation.
Network Performance
l When MTA is required in FDD+TDD CA scenarios, this feature increases the uplink
throughput of CA UEs and improves uplink performance if there is a noticeable
difference (for example, about 78 meters, which is equivalent to one TA) between the
distances of a CA UE to the receive antennas of the PCell and an SCell. In addition, due
to the non-contention-based random access to the SCell, the performance counters
related to random access to the SCell produce larger values.
l When CA is deployed between eNodeBs in relaxed backhaul scenarios, ACKs/NACKs
for the PCell and SCell may not be received promptly because of inter-eNodeB
transmission delay. This results in a decrease of no more than 5% in the downlink data
rates of CA UEs. In addition, due to inter-eNodeB transmission delay, transmission of
CQIs on the PUSCH cannot be identified promptly. To address this issue, uplink
scheduling in the SCell yields to periodic CQI scheduling. The shorter the CQI period,
the more frequently the yielding occurs and the greater the decrease in the uplink data
rates of CA UEs. Especially when a TDD cell and an FDD cell act as the PCell and
SCell respectively, the decrease is so large that uplink scheduling may involve only the
SCell.
l When a TDD carrier is working as the PCC and an FDD carrier is working as an SCC for
a CA UE, the uplink FDD spectral resources are fully utilized, which increases the
uplink data rate. In addition, the FDD SCC provides better uplink coverage for the CA
UE than a TDD carrier does for a non-CA UE.
6.3 Planning
RF Planning
The coverage areas provided by the cells to be aggregated must overlap. The areas where CA
takes effect are dependent on the overlapping ranges. Ensure that the cell coverage areas meet
the requirements of the scenarios described in 3.1.2 Usage Scenarios.
Network Planning
Ensure that there are at least two frequencies on the live network.
Hardware Planning
l RF modules
To meet the time alignment requirements, use any of the following RF modules for intra-
band CA:
– One dual-carrier RF module
– Two AAUs of the same product model
– Two RRUs of the same product model
– Two RFUs with the same hardware version number
For example, the two RFUs are a combination of MRFU V6 and MRFUd V6. The
hardware version number (such as V1, V2, or V6) can be observed on the RFU
panel.
For the time alignment error requirements, see 3.1.3.1 LAOFD-001001 LTE-A
Introduction.
Inter-band CA has no special requirements for RF modules.
l BBPs
LBBPd and UBBP have larger UE capacities and better processing capabilities than
LBBPc. Use cells on LBBPd and UBBP boards as PCells for UEs. Cells on LBBPc
boards cannot act as PCells.
CA works with either intra-BBP or inter-BBP cells.
– For intra-BBP CA, use a BBP other than LBBPc.
If the eNodeB is equipped with a BBU3900, deploy at least one LTE BBP in slot 2
or 3 of the BBU. An LBBPd or UBBP is recommended to facilitate future capacity
expansion. This requirement does not apply to BBU3910s.
– For inter-BBP CA, use any combination of LBBPc, LBBPd, and UBBP boards,
except a combination of pure LBBPc boards.
If the eNodeB is equipped with a BBU3900, ensure that LBBPd or UBBP boards
are installed in slots 2 and 3 in order to maximize the number of cells where CA can
take effect. This requirement does not apply to BBU3910s.
6.4 Deployment
6.4.1 Requirements
Operating Environment
None
NEs
Table 6-1 describes the network requirements for CA.
eNodeB l The eNodeB must support one RLC entity for the entire eNodeB,
independent MAC and HARQ entities for each CC, and communication
between BBPs.
l Section 5.7.1A in 3GPP TR 36.101 requires that the nominal channel
spacing between the center frequencies of two intra-band contiguous
CCs be an integer multiple of 300 kHz.
For example, the nominal channel spacing for two contiguous 20 MHz
CCs is 19.8 MHz, and that for two contiguous CCs with a bandwidth
combination of 20 MHz and 10 MHz is 14.4 MHz. Nominal channel
spacing is calculated as follows:
NOTE
BWChannel(1) and BWChannel(2) are the bandwidths of two carriers.
l RF modules and BBPs must meet the requirements described in
Hardware Planning in 6.3 Planning.
UE UEs must comply with 3GPP Release 10 or later and support the frequency
bands of the carriers to be aggregated and their channel bandwidths. UEs
must also be capable of receiving data transmitted at the peak data rate
supported by CA.
NOTE
As stipulated in 3GPP TS 36.306, CA UEs must report the IE supportedBandCombi-
nation, based on which the eNodeB performs CA.
Transmission Networking
None
License
Deploying CA requires the following licenses:
l If the total bandwidth of the aggregated cells is less than or equal to 20 MHz, each cell
requires one sales unit of the license for LAOFD-001001 LTE-A Introduction.
l If the total bandwidth of the aggregated cells is between 20 MHz and 40 MHz (including
40 MHz), each cell requires one sales unit of the license for LAOFD-001001 LTE-A
Introduction and one sales unit of the license for LAOFD-001002 Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 2CC in 40MHz. For these features to take effect, the CaDl2CCExtSwitch
option of the CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter must be selected for both the
PCell and the SCell.
Feature ID Feature Name Model License NE Sales Unit
Control
Item
Others
l The prerequisite features for these CA features must be enabled.
l Unless the candidate SCells are configured as blind-configurable, the candidate SCells
and the PCell must be inter-frequency neighboring cells.
l Inter-BBP data exchange for CA is bandwidth-consuming. If CA is activated together
with CoMP or SFN, the backplane bandwidth may be insufficient. To prevent this, it is
recommended that intra-frequency cells be configured in the same BBP.
l Cells in band 29 are DL_ONLY cells, which transmit only downlink data. UEs cannot
camp on the cells (in idle mode), access the cells, or be handed over to the cells. These
cells can serve only as SCells for CA UEs. In addition, cells and sector equipment in this
band must be configured as follows:
– Cell.WorkMode is set to DL_ONLY(Downlink only), Cell.FreqBand is set to 29,
and Cell.UlEarfcn is not set. In addition, SECTOREQM.ANTTYPE1 and
SECTOREQM.ANTTYPE2 (if two antennas are configured) are set to
TX_MODE(TX).
– EUTRANINTERNFREQ.AnrInd is set to
NOT_ALLOWED(NOT_ALLOWED) for frequencies in band 29 so that they
will not be managed by ANR. Therefore, for CA to take effect, you must manually
configure cells in band 29 as inter-frequency neighboring cells of intended
candidate PCells.
– EUTRANINTERNFREQ.MlbTargetInd is set to
NOT_ALLOWED(NOT_ALLOWED) for frequencies in band 29 so that they
will not be treated as targets for mobility load balancing (MLB).
NOTE
l Each cell in band 29 can have no more than two transmit channels. It does not support 4T or
8T antenna modes.
l RRUs do not provide uplink resources for cells in band 29. Therefore,
SECTOREQM.AntTypeX (X = 1, 2, 3...8) cannot be set to RX_MODE(RX) or
RXTX_MODE(RX And TX).
l The Cell.WorkMode parameter can be set to DL_ONLY(Downlink only) only for cells in
band 29. If the parameter is set to DL_ONLY(Downlink only) for a cell in another band, the
cell cannot be activated.
l If the Cell.HighSpeedFlag parameter is set to HIGH_SPEED(High speed cell flag),
ULTRA_HIGH_SPEED(Ultra high speed cell flag), or
EXTRA_HIGH_SPEED(Extra high speed cell flag), you are advised to run MOD
CELLALGOSWITCH with the PucchSwitch(PucchSwitch) option of
CellAlgoSwitch.PucchAlgoSwitch selected and run MOD
CELLCQIADAPTIVECFG with CellCqiAdaptiveCfg.CqiPeriodAdaptive set to
OFF(Off) to use a fixed-period PUCCH configuration.
l If a carrier involved in CA is used by multiple frequency bands, the primary and
secondary frequency bands must be configured in the PccFreqCfg or SccFreqCfg MOs.
You are advised to set the parameters consistently for the primary and secondary
frequency bands.
6.4.2 Precautions
l In RAN sharing scenarios, eNodeB ID collisions must be prevented. Otherwise, errors
will occur in SCell configuration because target eNodeBs cannot be identified.
l In any CA group, cells in a pair must have the same cyclic prefix (CP) length: either
normal or extended.
l After CA groups (for CA-group-based configuration) or candidate PCCs and SCCs (for
adaptive configuration) are configured using MML commands, the eNodeB can
configure SCells for CA UEs that subsequently access the network, but not for CA UEs
that have accessed the network before the CA groups or candidate PCCs and SCCs were
configured. SCells can be configured for these UEs only after they have accessed the
network again or are handed over.
l If CaMgtCfg.ActiveBufferLenThd is set to 0, a large amount of radio resources is
consumed regardless of whether SCells have been configured for CA UEs. If an SCell
has been configured for a CA UE, the eNodeB activates the SCell as long as the eNodeB
prepares to send data to the CA UE. However, if the traffic volume of the CA UE is low,
the eNodeB deactivates the SCell (because the deactivation condition is met)
immediately after it activates the SCell for the UE. If no SCell has been configured for
the CA UE, the eNodeB repeatedly attempts to configure an SCell without considering
CaMgtCfg.SccCfgInterval when the eNodeB prepares to send data to the CA UE.
l It is recommended that CaMgtCfg.DeactiveBufferLenThd be less than
CaMgtCfg.ActiveBufferLenThd.
l When CA is enabled, a large number of scheduling request indicators (SRIs) collide with
measurement gaps, delaying the transmission of scheduling requests from CA UEs.
When the number of RLC retransmissions reaches its maximum, the service drop rate,
the number of RRC connection reestablishments, and the number of random access
attempts all increase. To avoid these impacts, you are advised to select the
BasedSriGapOptSwitch option of the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.HoCommOptSwitch
parameter, which resolves the collision.
These routes consume the backplane bandwidth of each eNodeB, which is shared by all
features. The routes will fail to be set up if the backplane bandwidth is insufficient. If
three consecutive attempts to set up a route to a single cell fail because of insufficient
backplane bandwidth, the eNodeB prohibits the subsequent 30 attempts on the route to
this cell.
l An eNodeB may configure an SCell for a CA UE in a blind manner when the UE is
located in a weak coverage area or experiences strong interference. As a result, the CQI
for the SCell will be low. This causes a decrease in the cell throughput and an increase in
the number of RRC connection reestablishments, uplink and downlink IBLER values,
the packet loss rate, and the service drop rate. To avoid these impacts, you are advised to
enable channel-quality-triggered SCell deactivation.
l The PCell and SCells of each CA UE may not have the same channel quality. Therefore,
the CQIs for the entire network vary slightly after SCells are configured for CA UEs.
The CQI variation leads to fluctuations in cell throughput, the number of RRC
connection reestablishments, uplink and downlink IBLER values, the packet loss rate,
and the service drop rate.
l To prevent the impacts of gap-assisted-measurement periods on SRs in CA, you are
advised to select the BasedSriGapOptSwitch and DrxBasedSriGapOptSwitch options
of the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.HoCommOptSwitch parameter.
l When 2CCDlCaEnhanceSwitch under the CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter is
on, the eNodeB configures PUCCH format 3 for CA UEs that support PUCCH format 3
in downlink 2CC aggregation. The eNodeB allocates two RBs to PUCCH format 3 for
cells with a bandwidth of 10 MHz or higher and one RB to PUCCH format 3 for cells
with a bandwidth of 5 MHz or lower.
l Note the following compatibility issues:
– When blind SCell configuration is disabled, it is recommended that the
CaGapMeasPriOffSwitch option of the
GlobalProcSwitch.ProtocolCompatibilitySw parameter be selected to minimize the
probability of power shortage at Samsung Galaxy S4.
– When a network uses equipment from different vendors, it is recommended that
CaHoReqWithR9ConfigSwitch under the
GlobalProcSwitch.ProtocolCompatibilitySw parameter be on to prevent CA-
related IE resolution failure caused by protocol release inconsistency.
– It is recommended that the ApCqiRptAbnormalCtrlSwitch option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CompatibilityCtrlSwitch parameter be selected to mitigate the
problems caused by failures of UEs to report aperiodic CQIs.
– In accordance with section 9.1.1 "PDCCH Assignment Procedure" in 3GPP TS
36.213 V10.9.0, PdcchOverlapSrchSpcSwitch under the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoSwitch parameter is used to control whether CA UEs
regard the overlapping PDCCH candidates of the common search space and UE-
specific search space, which are transmitted in the PCell, as PDCCH candidates of
the common or UE-specific search space. It is recommended that the
PdcchOverlapSrchSpcSwitch option be selected if most CA UEs on the network
comply with 3GPP TS 36.213 V10.9.0 or later specifications.
NOTE
The parameters described in this section are mandatory for CA. You may set other optional parameters
as well based on the network plan. For the optional parameters, see 6.6 Parameter Optimization.
CA-Group-based Configuration
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the ENodeBAlgoSwitch MO
to enable CA-group-based configuration.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in a CaGroup MO to configure
a CA group.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in a CaGroupCell MO to add a
cell into a CA group.
Adaptive Configuration
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the ENodeBAlgoSwitch MO
to enable adaptive configuration.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in a PccFreqCfg MO to
configure a candidate PCC.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in an SccFreqCfg MO to
configure a candidate SCC.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in a CaGroupSCellCfg MO to
specify the blind SCell configuration capability.
Table 6-8 Key parameter used to specify the blind SCell configuration capability
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the ENodeBAlgoSwitch MO
to specify the extended CA algorithm switch settings.
This feature can be activated for a single eNodeB or a batch of eNodeBs on the CME.
For detailed operations, see CME-based Feature Configuration.
CA-Group-based Configuration
Step 1 Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command to set the switches under CA
Algorithm Switch based on the network plan. Ensure that FreqCfgSwitch and
AdpCaSwitch are off. For the setting notes, see 6.4.4.1 Data Preparation and 6.6
Parameter Optimization.
Step 2 Run the ADD CAGROUP command to add a CA group on the eNodeB and set the CA group
attribute. In this step, set the CA Group Type Indication parameter to FDD(FDD) for FDD-
only CA and to FDDTDD(FDDTDD) for FDD+TDD CA.
Step 3 Run the ADD CAGROUPCELL command repeatedly to add at least two cells to the CA
group. In this step, set the PCell priority and the threshold parameter PCell A4 RSRP
Threshold or PCell A4 RSRQ Threshold for each cell. You can set either identical or
different parameter values for the cells.
Step 4 (Optional. If you skip this step, the default parameter settings will be used.) Run the ADD
CAGROUPSCELLCFG command to configure, based on the network plan, a candidate
SCell for a cell that will act as the PCell. In this step, set the SCell priority, blind SCell
configuration flag, threshold for event A4, and threshold for event A2 for the candidate SCell.
You can set either identical or different parameter values for the cells. For the setting notes,
see 6.6 Parameter Optimization.
Step 5 Run the ACT CELL command to activate any cells that have not yet been activated.
----End
Adaptive Configuration
Step 1 Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command to set the switches under CA
Algorithm Switch based on the network plan. Ensure that FreqCfgSwitch and
AdpCaSwitch are both on. For the setting notes, see 6.4.4.1 Data Preparation and 6.6
Parameter Optimization.
Step 2 Run the ADD PCCFREQCFG command to add candidate PCCs and set their attributes. You
can set either identical or different parameter values for the CCs.
Step 3 Run the ADD SCCFREQCFG command to add at least one candidate SCC and set its
attributes for each candidate PCC. You can set either identical or different parameter values
for the CCs.
Step 4 Run the ADD CAGROUPSCELLCFG command to configure a cell on a candidate SCC as
a candidate SCell for a cell (acting as a PCell) on a candidate PCC. In this step, set the SCell
Blind Configuration Flag parameter to TRUE(TRUE). You can repeat this step to set one
blind-configurable candidate SCell for one cell on each candidate PCC.
Step 5 (Optional, depending on the aggregated bandwidth) If the total bandwidth of two cells to be
aggregated exceeds 20 MHz, run the MOD CAMGTCFG command with the
CaDl2CCExtSwitch(CaDl2CCExtSwitch) option of the Cell Level CA Algorithm Switch
parameter selected for each of the cells.
----End
NOTE
CA-Group-based Configuration
Setting the options of the CA algorithm switch:
MOD
ENODEBALGOSWITCH:CAALGOSWITCH=SccBlindCfgSwitch-1&FreqCfgSwitch-0&SccA2RmvSwitch-1
&HoWithSccCfgSwitch-0&SccModA6Switch-0&EnhancedPccAnchorSwitch-1;
Adaptive Configuration
Setting the options of the CA algorithm switch:
MOD
ENODEBALGOSWITCH:CAALGOSWITCH=SccBlindCfgSwitch-0&FreqCfgSwitch-1&SccA2RmvSwitch-0
&HoWithSccCfgSwitch-0&SccModA6Switch-1&AdpCaSwitch-1&EnhancedPccAnchorSwitch-1;
40;
ADD
PCCFREQCFG:PCCDLEARFCN=456,PREFERREDPCCPRIORITY=2,PCCA4RSRPTHD=-130,PCCA4RSRQTHD=-
30;
Adding a candidate SCC for each candidate PCC and setting SCC attributes:
ADD
SCCFREQCFG:PCCDLEARFCN=123,SCCDLEARFCN=567,SCCPRIORITY=2,SCCA2OFFSET=-10,SCCA4OFFS
ET=-5;
ADD
SCCFREQCFG:PCCDLEARFCN=456,SCCDLEARFCN=789,SCCPRIORITY=3,SCCA2OFFSET=-20,SCCA4OFFS
ET=-10;
Counter
After CA is enabled, the eNodeB configures SCells for CA UEs when the required conditions
are met. Observe the counters listed in the following table to obtain PCell and SCell statistics.
If the L.Traffic.User.SCell.DL.Avg and L.ChMeas.PRB.DL.SCell.Used.Avg counters
produce non-zero values, the CA feature has been activated successfully. If the values of both
counters are persistently zero and there are CA UEs on the network, the CA feature has not
been activated.
Message Tracing
After a CA UE accesses a cell, the eNodeB configures a cell that meets CA conditions as an
SCell for the UE. When traffic conditions are met, the eNodeB activates this SCell. The
U2000 client may be used or a drive test (for example, using Probe) may be conducted to
observe configuration and activation of this SCell. If an RRC_CONN_RECFG message for
configuring an SCell is observed on a network that serves CA UEs, CA has been activated
successfully.
Step 1 Log in to the U2000 client, and then choose Monitor > Signaling Trace > Signaling Trace
Management. In the navigation tree on the left of the Signaling Trace Management tab
page, choose Trace Type > LTE > Application Layer > Uu Interface Trace.
Step 2 Select an NE, set tracing task parameters, and then click Finish to start signaling tracing.
Step 3 Check the tracing results for the RRC_CONN_RECFG message. The eNodeB configures or
removes an SCell for the CA UE by using an RRC_CONN_RECFG message that contains the
IE sCellToAddModList or sCellToReleaseList, as shown in Figure 6-1 or Figure 6-2,
respectively.
----End
Observing SCell Activation on the U2000 Client
Step 1 Log in to the U2000 client, and then choose Monitor > Signaling Trace > Signaling Trace
Management. In the navigation tree on the left of the Signaling Trace Management tab
page, choose Trace Type > LTE > User Performance Monitoring > Throughput
Monitoring.
Step 2 Select an NE, click Next, and specify MMEc and mTMSI or enter the random access ID.
Click Finish to start tracing.
Step 3 Observe the tracing results. If downlink MAC throughput is a non-zero value for each serving
cell, as shown in Figure 6-3, the SCell has been activated.
----End
Observing SCell Configuration and Activation on Probe
Start Probe and connect it to the CA UE, as shown in Figure 6-4, Figure 6-5, and Figure 6-6.
If the CA UE is allocated radio resources on both the PCC and the SCC and has MAC
throughput on the SCC, as shown in Figure 6-7 and Figure 6-8, the SCell has been
configured and activated for the UE. If the CA UE is not allocated radio resources on the
SCC, the feature activation has failed.
Figure 6-7 Successful SCell configuration and activation (radio resources allocated on both
the PCC and the SCC)
Figure 6-8 Successful SCell configuration and activation (MAC throughput on the SCC)
6.4.6 Deactivation
The following table provides the parameters used for feature deactivation.
CA-Group-based Configuration
Step 1 Turn off the subordinate switches of the CA algorithm switch.
----End
Adaptive Configuration
Step 1 Turn off the subordinate switches of the CA algorithm switch, including the adaptive CA
switch.
Step 2 Remove SCC configurations.
Step 3 Remove PCC configurations.
----End
CA-Group-based Configuration
Turning off the subordinate switches of the CA algorithm switch:
MOD
ENODEBALGOSWITCH:CAALGOSWITCH=SccBlindCfgSwitch-0&FreqCfgSwitch-0&SccA2RmvSwitch-1
&HoWithSccCfgSwitch-0&SccModA6Switch-0&EnhancedPccAnchorSwitch-0;
Adaptive Configuration
Turning off the subordinate switches of the CA algorithm switch, including the adaptive CA
switch:
MOD
ENODEBALGOSWITCH:CAALGOSWITCH=SccBlindCfgSwitch-0&FreqCfgSwitch-0&SccA2RmvSwitch-1
&HoWithSccCfgSwitch-0&SccModA6Switch-0&AdpCaSwitch-0&EnhancedPccAnchorSwitch-0;
Specifically:
– Monitor the L.ChMeas.PRB.DL.Used.Avg counter value before and after CA is
enabled, to evaluate the impact of CA on the overall resource usage.
– Calculate the result of (L.Thrp.bits.DL.CAUser –
L.Thrp.bits.DL.LastTTI.CAUser)/L.Thrp.Time.DL.RmvLastTTI.CAUser to
monitor the average data rate of CA UEs. Then, compare the data rate with that of
non-CA UEs.
1526728517 L.Traffic.User.SCell.DL.Max
1526728427 L.Traffic.User.SCell.DL.Avg
1526728425 L.ChMeas.PRB.DL.SCell.Use
d.Avg
l BLER
l Power Headroom
l Quality of Channel
l Scheduling
l Throughput
l UL Power Control
l DL Power Control
l MCS Count
l ICIC (User)
Common Parameters
This section describes the parameters that are common to both CA configuration modes.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the ENodeBAlgoSwitch MO
to specify the CA algorithm switch settings.
CA ENodeBAlgoSwitc l EnhancedPccAnchorSwitch
Algorithm h.CaAlgoSwitch If this switch is on and a CA UE accesses a cell
Switch with a smaller value of the PreferredPCellPrior-
ity or PreferredPccPriority parameter, the
eNodeB attempts to select a PCell with a larger
value of this priority parameter for the CA UE
when the entering condition for event A1 is met,
thereby increasing the number of inter-frequency
handovers. Turning off this switch has no impact
on network performance. If the coverage
direction of a candidate cell with a higher PCell
priority or a candidate cell on a carrier with a
higher PCC priority is different from that of the
current serving cell, the eNodeB may fail to hand
over the UE to the candidate cell.
l PccAnchorSwitch
Select this option only if you intend to use PCC
anchoring.
You are advised to select the
EnhancedPccAnchorSwitch option instead of
the PccAnchorSwitch option to enable PCC
anchoring.
l SccBlindCfgSwitch
Select this option only if you intend to use blind
SCell configuration for CA-group-based CA.
l SccA2RmvSwitch
Select this option only if you intend to allow the
eNodeB to deliver the A2 measurement
configuration for SCells that have been
configured based on A4 measurements.
l HoWithSccCfgSwitch
Select this option if you intend to allow the
eNodeB to configure SCells for CA UEs during
their handovers. Do not select this option if you
intend to have SCells removed after the CA UEs
are handed over.
l SccModA6Switch
– In adaptive configuration mode, you are
advised to select this option only if you intend
to have SCells changed to better intra-
frequency neighboring cells. If this option is
not selected, the eNodeB does not support
SCell changes based on event A6.
– In CA-group-based configuration mode, this
option does not take effect. You are not
advised to select this option.
l CaHoControlSwitch
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the GlobalProcSwitch MO
to configure the protocol compatibility switch.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the CellDlschAlgo MO to
specify downlink scheduling settings for a cell.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the ENodeBFrameOffset
MO to configure the eNodeB-specific frame offset.
FDD Frame ENodeBFrameOffs This parameter specifies the offset of the frame start
Offset et.FddFrameOffset time for all LTE FDD cells served by the eNodeB
relative to the time of the reference clock.
FDD CA and FDD+TDD CA require time
synchronization between the cells involved. An
identical frame offset must be set for all the cells.
Otherwise, FDD CA or FDD+TDD CA does not
work.
Set this parameter based on the network plan.
TDD ENodeBFrameOffs This parameter specifies the offset of the frame start
Frame et.TddFrameOffset time for all LTE TDD cells served by the eNodeB
Offset relative to the time of the reference clock.
If uplink and downlink timeslots are not aligned
between TDD systems, inter-system interference may
occur. You can adjust this parameter to minimize the
error in timeslot alignment between the TDD
systems.
Set this parameter based on the network plan.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the CellFrameOffset MO to
configure the cell-specific frame offset.
Frame CellFrameOffset.F This parameter specifies the type of the frame offset
Offset rameOffsetMode for the cell. There are three options:
Mode l CustomFrameOffset(User-defined Frame
Offset): indicates a user-defined frame offset.
This is the only value of this parameter that
applies to FDD cells.
l TL_FrameOffset(T-L Dual Mode frame offset):
indicates the frame offset automatically
determined based on the subframe configuration
in a TD-SCDMA + LTE TDD dual-RAT network.
l TL_FrameOffset_SA2_SSP5(T-L Dual Mode
SA2+SSP5 frame offset): indicates the frame
offset automatically determined based on uplink-
downlink configuration 2 and special subframe
configuration 5 in a TD-SCDMA + LTE TDD
dual-RAT network.
Set this parameter based on the network plan.
Frame CellFrameOffset.F This parameter specifies the offset of the frame start
Offset rameOffset time for the cell relative to the time of the reference
clock.
Set this parameter based on the network plan.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the CaMgtCfg MO to
configure carrier management.
Carrier CaMgtCfg.CarrAg This parameter specifies the offset for CA event A6,
Aggregatio grA6Offset which is triggered when the signal quality of a
n A6 Offset neighboring cell is higher than that of an SCell.
l The greater the value, the lower the probability of
changing the SCell based on event A6.
l The smaller the value, the higher the probability
of changing the SCell based on event A6.
To raise the signal quality requirement for SCell
changes, increase the value of this parameter.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in an RlcPdcpParaGroup MO
to specify RLC settings for CA.
CA UE RlcPdcpParaGroup 10
RLC .CaUeRlcParaAdpti-
Parameter veThd
Adaptive
Threshold
CA UE RlcPdcpParaGroup Treordering_m20(20)
Reordering .CaUeReorderingTi
Timer mer
CA UE RlcPdcpParaGroup m20(20)
Status .CaUeStatProhTim-
Prohibit er
Timer
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the UeCompat MO to
specify the operator-defined band combinations for whitelisted UEs.
CA-Group-based Configuration
This section describes the parameters specific to CA-group-based configuration.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in a CaGroupCell MO to
configure a candidate PCell in a CA group.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in a CaGroupSCellCfg MO to
configure a candidate SCell.
SCell Blind CaGroupSCellCfg. This parameter specifies whether the candidate SCell
Configuratio SCellBlindCfgFlag can be configured as an SCell for CA UEs in a blind
n Flag manner.
This parameter takes effect only if
SccBlindCfgSwitch under the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoSwitch parameter is on.
l If this parameter is set to TRUE(TRUE), the
eNodeB can configure this candidate cell as an
SCell for CA UEs in a blind manner, without
delivering A4 measurement configurations to the
UEs.
l If this parameter is set to FALSE(FALSE), the
eNodeB delivers A4 measurement configurations
to CA UEs before it can configure this candidate
cell as an SCell.
Adaptive Configuration
This section describes the parameters specific to adaptive configuration.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in a PccFreqCfg MO to
configure a candidate PCC.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in an SccFreqCfg MO to
configure a candidate SCC.
SCC SccFreqCfg.SccPri This parameter specifies the priority with which the
Priority ority candidate SCC works as an SCC for the PCC.
l The smaller the value, the lower the priority level.
l The greater the value, the higher the priority level.
To raise the probability that CA UEs treat the carrier
as their SCC, increase the value of this parameter.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the CaMgtCfg MO to specify
the SCell aging time.
SCell CaMgtCfg.SCellAg This parameter specifies the aging time for SCells
Aging ingTime that are dynamically configured for CA. If CA does
Time not occur on a pair of cells throughout the aging time,
the eNodeB cancels the CA relationship between the
cells.
l The greater the value, the lower the probability of
canceling the CA relationship.
l The smaller the value, the higher the probability of
canceling the CA relationship.
To reduce the number of outdated SCells that were
dynamically configured, increase the value of this
parameter.
NOTE
If the value of this parameter is decreased, the SCells whose
aging time has exceeded the new value before the change
will be removed soon.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in a CaGroupSCellCfg MO to
specify the blind SCell configuration capability.
SCell Blind CaGroupSCellCfg. This parameter specifies whether a candidate cell can
Configurati SCellBlindCfgFlag be configured as an SCell in a blind manner during
on Flag adaptive CA.
l If this parameter is set to TRUE(TRUE), the
eNodeB can configure this candidate cell as an
SCell for CA UEs in a blind manner, without
delivering A4 measurement configurations to the
UEs.
l If this parameter is set to FALSE(FALSE), the
eNodeB delivers A4 measurement configurations
to CA UEs before it can configure this candidate
cell as an SCell.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the ENodeBAlgoSwitch MO
to specify the eNodeB coordination switch setting.
If an alarm listed in the preceding table is reported as indicating a hardware fault or cell
unavailability, the eNodeB performs the following fallback operations:
l If the faulty cell has been configured as an SCell of a CA UE, the eNodeB sends an RRC
Connection Reconfiguration message to remove the SCell for the UE. If the faulty cell
has not been configured as an SCell of any CA UE, the eNodeB does not send an RRC
Connection Reconfiguration message to configure the cell as an SCell for any CA UE.
l If the faulty cell is the PCell of a CA UE, the CA UE may encounter service drops or
service unavailability.
If the clock synchronization capability deteriorates because of a clock or hardware fault, the
eNodeB reports the alarm listed in the preceding table, and the following impact is generated:
l SCells cannot be configured for CA UEs that access the faulty eNodeB in scenarios of
initial access, handovers, or RRC connection reestablishments.
l Other eNodeBs cannot configure cells in the faulty eNodeB as SCells.
l SCells are removed for the CA UEs that treat cells served by the faulty eNodeB as their
PCells or SCells.
Handle the alarm according to the alarm reference. If the fault is rectified, CA services are
restored as follows:
l SCells can be configured for CA UEs that access the eNodeB in scenarios of initial
access, handovers, or RRC connection reestablishments.
l Functioning eNodeBs can configure cells in the originally faulty eNodeB as SCells.
Fault Description
After CA is enabled, the CA-related counters provided in 6.5 Performance Monitoring
retain the value of zero.
Fault Handling
If CA is working in CA-group-based configuration mode, perform the following steps on the
U2000 client:
Step 1 Run the LST ENODEBALGOSWITCH command to check whether FreqCfgSwitch under
CA Algorithm Switch is off.
l If the switch is off, go to Step 3.
l If the switch is on, go to Step 2.
Step 2 Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the
FreqCfgSwitch(FreqCfgSwitch) option of the CA Algorithm Switch parameter deselected.
Then, check whether the CA-related counters provided in 6.5 Performance Monitoring
produce non-zero values.
l If the counters produce non-zero values, no further action is required.
l If the counters retain the value of 0, go to Step 3.
Step 3 Check whether ALM-26200 Board Hardware Fault or ALM-29240 Cell Unavailable is
reported.
l If an alarm is reported, handle the alarm and then check whether the CA-related counters
provided in 6.5 Performance Monitoring produce non-zero values. If the counters
produce non-zero values, no further action is required. If the counters retain the value of
0, go to Step 4.
l If neither alarm is reported, go to Step 4.
Step 4 Run the DSP CAGROUPCELL command to check the running status of all CA groups
configured on the eNodeB. The running status includes information such as whether the link
between cells in one CA group is normal, whether related licenses work normally, and
whether the CA configuration state is normal.
l If the running status is normal, go to Step 5.
l If any status is abnormal, rectify the fault. Then, check whether the CA-related counters
provided in 6.5 Performance Monitoring produce non-zero values. If the counters
produce non-zero values, no further action is required. If the counters retain the value of
0, go to Step 5.
Step 5 Run the LST CAGROUPSCELLCFG command to check whether candidate SCells are
correctly configured in the eNodeB.
l If the configurations are correct, go to Step 6.
l If they are incorrectly configured, correct the configurations by following the
instructions described in 6.4 Deployment. Then, check whether the CA-related counters
provided in 6.5 Performance Monitoring produce non-zero values. If the counters
produce non-zero values, no further action is required. If the counters retain the value of
0, go to Step 6.
Step 6 If CA-related hardware and data configurations are correct, check whether the fault is due to
no UE access to the network.
1. Start a Uu interface tracing task as follows:
a. Choose Monitor > Signaling Trace > Signaling Trace Management.
b. In the navigation tree on the left of the Signaling Trace Management tab page,
choose Trace Type > LTE > Application Layer > Uu Interface Trace.
c. Select an NE, set tracing task parameters, and then click Finish to start signaling
tracing.
2. Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the
SccBlindCfgSwitch(SccBlindCfgSwitch) option of the CA Algorithm Switch
parameter selected, and run the ADD CAGROUPSCELLCFG command with SCell
Blind Configuration Flag set to TRUE(TRUE) for all candidate SCells associated with
the PCell. Enable a CA UE to access the network. Check the Uu interface tracing results
for an RRC_CONN_RECFG message.
– If CA-related counters provided in 6.5 Performance Monitoring produce non-zero
values, these counters had the value of 0 because there was no CA UE on the
network. No further action is required.
– If the RRC_CONN_RECFG message indicates that the eNodeB configures a
candidate cell as an SCell for the UE, but the CA-related counters in 6.5
Performance Monitoring still retain the value of 0, contact Huawei engineers.
– If the eNodeB does not deliver an RRC_CONN_RECFG message to configure an
SCell for the UE, contact Huawei engineers.
----End
If CA is working in adaptive configuration mode, perform the following steps on the U2000
client:
Step 1 Run the LST ENODEBALGOSWITCH command to check whether the required switches
(FreqCfgSwitch and AdpCaSwitch) under CA Algorithm Switch are on.
l If the switches are on, go to Step 3.
l If the switches are off, go to Step 2.
----End
7.3 Planning
RF Planning
For details about RF planning, see 6.3 Planning.
Network Planning
l If the live network uses multiple frequency bands, no frequency needs to be added to the
network plan.
l If the live network uses only one or two frequencies, deploy more frequencies.
Hardware Planning
For details about hardware planning, see 6.3 Planning.
7.4 Deployment
Deploy this CA feature on a network with at least three operating frequencies. For details
about how to deploy a multi-carrier network, see Cell Management Feature Parameter
Description.
7.4.1 Requirements
l If n is 2, x is 300.
l If n is 3, x is 450.
l If n is 4, x is 600.
l If n is 5, x is 750.
License
Deploying LAOFD-070201 Flexible CA from Multiple Carriers requires the following
licenses:
l If any license is insufficient, a CA group with cells added will not take effect. However, the
original CA group will still work. When this happens, the eNodeB reports ALM-26819 Data
Configuration Exceeding Licensed Limit.
l If the license for LAOFD-070201 Flexible CA from Multiple Carriers is insufficient in an
eNodeB and FreqCfgSwitch under the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoSwitch parameter is
turned on and then off, CA will not take effect in any cells in a CA group that includes more
than two cells. In addition, the eNodeB will report ALM-26819 Data Configuration Exceeding
Licensed Limit.
l In adaptive configuration mode
Each cell for which the MultiCarrierFlexCaSwitch option of the
CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter is selected requires one sales unit of the license
for LAOFD-070201 Flexible CA from Multiple Carriers and one sales unit of the license
for LAOFD-001001 LTE-A Introduction. If a cell does not require the license for LTE-A
Introduction in FDD+TDD CA, the cell does not require the license for Flexible CA
from Multiple Carriers when the option is selected.
Others
The prerequisite features for LAOFD-070201 Flexible CA from Multiple Carriers must be
activated.
Before enabling intelligent selection of serving cell combinations, confirm the following:
7.4.2 Precautions
For details, see 6.4.2 Precautions.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the ENodeBAlgoSwitch MO
to enable intelligent selection of serving cell combinations.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in a CaMgtCfg MO to enable
flexible CA.
7.4.4.2 Activation
7.4.6 Deactivation
The following table provides the parameter used for feature deactivation.
8.3 Planning
RF Planning
For details about RF planning, see 6.3 Planning.
Network Planning
Deploy the eNodeB coordination solution, which is described in 3.1.3.4 LAOFD-070202
Inter-eNodeB CA based on Coordinated eNodeB, in addition to the network planning
described in 6.3 Planning.
Hardware Planning
Use LBBPd or UBBP as baseband processing units. Do not use LBBPc or UMDUa3. For the
antenna modes of cells supported by LBBPd and UBBP boards, see hardware planning
described in 6.3 Planning.
8.4 Deployment
Deploy this CA feature on two to five inter-frequency cells.
8.4.1 Requirements
Operating Environment
None
NEs
The requirements described in 6.4.1 Requirements must be fulfilled. In addition, CA in
centralized eNodeB coordination scenarios has the following requirements:
Transmission Networking
l The eNodeBs must be time-synchronized.
l Routes between inter-eNodeB cells must be established and working properly. When
USU3910 is used, eX2 interfaces must be set up between the eNodeBs. If the eNodeBs
belong to the same operator and are managed by the same U2000, eX2 self-setup works.
If the eNodeBs belong to different operators or are managed by different U2000s, SCTP
links and end-point groups must be manually configured for eX2 interfaces. For details
about the configuration, see eX2 Self-Management Feature Parameter Description.
When USU3900 is used, eX2 interfaces are not required between eNodeBs.
License
Deploying LAOFD-070202 Inter-eNodeB CA based on Coordinated eNodeB requires the
following licenses:
In addition, each cell involved in CA requires one sales unit of the license for
LAOFD-001001 LTE-A Introduction and one sales unit of the license for:
Others
The prerequisite features for LAOFD-070202 Inter-eNodeB CA based on Coordinated
eNodeB must be activated.
8.4.2 Precautions
Pay attention to the precautions described in 6.4.2 Precautions. In addition, a penalty
mechanism applies to eX2 route setups. If three consecutive attempts of an eNodeB to set up
an eX2 route to an inter-BBU cell fail, the eNodeB prohibits the subsequent 30 attempts on
the route.
NOTE
For details about USU configurations, see USU3910-based Multi-BBU Interconnection Feature
Parameter Description.
8.4.4.2 Activation
ii. For each eNodeB that serves an SCell, run the MOD
ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the
FreqBaseIntereNBSccSwitch(FreqBaseIntereNBSccSwitch) option of the
CA Algorithm Extend Switch parameter selected.
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH:CAALGOEXTSWITCH=FreqBaseIntereNBSccSwitch-1;
– Adaptive configuration
Perform the operations described in 6.4.4 Data Preparation and Feature
Activation on each eNodeB along with the following steps:
i. For each eNodeB, run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with
the FreqCfgCaOverBBUsSwitch(FreqCfgCaOverBBUsSwitch) option of
the OverBBUsSwitch parameter selected.
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH:OVERBBUSSWITCH=FreqCfgCaOverBBUsSwitch-1;
ii. For each eNodeB that serves a PCC, run the MOD
ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the
DistributeCloudbbCaSwitch(DistributeCloudbbCaSwitch) option of the
CA Algorithm Switch parameter selected.
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH:CAALGOSWITCH=DistributeCloudbbCaSwitch-1;
iii. For each eNodeB that serves an SCC, run the MOD
ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the
FreqBaseIntereNBSccSwitch(FreqBaseIntereNBSccSwitch) option of the
CA Algorithm Extend Switch parameter selected.
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH:CAALGOEXTSWITCH=FreqBaseIntereNBSccSwitch-1;
For downlink 3CC, 4CC, or 5CC aggregation, in addition to the preceding switch settings, run
the MOD CAMGTCFG command with the CaDl3CCSwitch(CaDl3CCSwitch),
CaDl4CCSwitch(CaDl4CCSwitch), or CaDl5CCSwitch(CaDl5CCSwitch) option of the
Cell Level CA Algorithm Switch parameter selected for each eNodeB that serves a
candidate PCell or PCC. In distributed eNodeB coordination scenarios, when running the
MOD CAMGTCFG command, you must also set the Distribute Cloud BB CA Max
Component Carrier Number parameter to 3CC(3CC), 4CC(4CC), or 5CC(5CC).
For uplink 2CC aggregation, in addition to the preceding switch settings, run the MOD
CAMGTCFG command with the CaUl2CCSwitch(CaUl2CCSwitch) option of the Cell
Level CA Algorithm Switch parameter selected for each eNodeB that serves a candidate
PCell or PCC. In distributed eNodeB coordination scenarios, when running the MOD
CAMGTCFG command, you must also set the Distribute Cloud BB CA Max Component
Carrier Number parameter to 2CC(2CC).
8.4.6 Deactivation
The following table provides the parameters used for feature deactivation.
Adaptive Configuration
l If centralized eNodeB coordination is deployed, run the MOD
ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the
FreqCfgCaOverBBUsSwitch(FreqCfgCaOverBBUsSwitch) option of the
OverBBUsSwitch parameter deselected for each eNodeB.
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH:OVERBBUSSWITCH=FreqCfgCaOverBBUsSwitch-0;
9.3 Planning
RF Planning
For details about RF planning, see 6.3 Planning.
Network Planning
Plan the network in accordance with the following requirements, in addition to those
described in 6.3 Planning:
l Inter-eNodeB cells must be reachable through routes.
l According to section J.1 "Deployment Scenarios" in 3GPP TS 36.300 V10.11.0, the
delay spread among the inter-eNodeB CCs monitored at the UE cannot exceed 30.26 μs.
A delay spread of 30.26 μs corresponds to a signal transmission distance difference of
about 9 kilometers among the CCs. Therefore, it is recommended that this feature be
deployed in urban areas to prevent CA failures caused by large inter-eNodeB distances.
Hardware Planning
Plan the hardware in accordance with the following requirements, in addition to those
described in 6.3 Planning:
l Cells on LBBPc boards cannot act as PCells in this feature or as SCells in inter-eNodeB
uplink CA.
l Cells served by BTS3202Es and by BTS3203Es cannot act as PCells for this feature.
They support downlink 2CC aggregation only.
l If the LMPT is used as the main control board, at most seven inter-eNodeB BBPs can be
interconnected because the transport resource group bandwidth of the LMPT is limited.
l If the total bandwidth of five aggregated carriers is 100 MHz, UBBP and UMPT boards
are recommended for processing the data transmitted in PCells. If LBBPd or LMPT
boards are used, the peak data rate may not reach the expected value, due to the lower
hardware capabilities.
9.4 Deployment
Deploy this CA feature on inter-eNodeB inter-frequency cells.
9.4.1 Requirements
Operating Environment
None
NEs
The network requirements described in 6.4.1 Requirements must be fulfilled.
Transmission Networking
l This inter-eNodeB CA feature requires that a GPS or IEEE1588 V2 clock source be
deployed with a time synchronization accuracy within 3 μs. It also requires that the jitter
and packet loss rate meet the requirements described in S1 and X2 Self-Management
Feature Parameter Description.
l The inter-eNodeB transmission quality must meet the requirements described in the
following table. The maximum one-way delay and maximum RTT supported by this
feature depend on the RelaxedBHCaEnhanceSwitch setting of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoSwitch parameter. Inter-eNodeB uplink CA supports only a
maximum one-way delay of 4 ms.
Scenario Maximum One-Way Maximum RTT Jitter Pack
Delay (ms) (ms) et
(ms) Loss
Rate
(%)
Tolerable 2 0.5
The maximum one-way delay and maximum RTT can be queried by running the DSP
EX2UPINFO command. If the status of clock synchronization between two eNodeBs
does not meet the accuracy requirement, the maximum one-way delay cannot be
precisely measured. It can be estimated by taking half of the maximum RTT.
NOTE
l If the transmission delay (maximum one-way delay or RTT), jitter, or packet loss rate
deteriorates, the data rates of CA UEs in relaxed-backhaul-based inter-eNodeB CA decrease.
l If the downlink traffic to be carried on the board or eNodeB that serves the PCell of a UE
exceeds the maximum data rate supported by the hardware, the end-to-end delay between the
PCell and SCells may increase, so that the data rates in the SCells decrease or even drop to
zero.
l In tolerable scenarios, services can be successfully set up but their QoS requirements are not
necessarily fulfilled.
l If TCP is used for application layer data transmission and packet loss occurs on the
transmission link between the eNodeB and the EPC, the data rates of CA UEs may be
adversely affected because of insufficient incoming application layer data packets. This
insufficiency is caused by the limited size of the TCP sliding window.
l The bandwidth of the link between the eNodeBs must meet the bandwidth requirement.
The required link bandwidth can be calculated using the following formula:
Required link bandwidth = Bandwidth of the SCC x Spectral efficiency of the SCC x
Percentage of CA UEs on the SCC x Number of SCells to be associated
Take a 20 MHz SCC as an example. Each time the serving eNodeB of the PCell
associates an inter-eNodeB SCell with the PCell, a link bandwidth of 35 Mbit/s is
required if the uplink and downlink resources are planned to reach average spectral
efficiency of 3.5 and a CA UE percentage of 50%. The required link bandwidth is
calculated as follows: 20 x 3.5 x 50% x 1. However, if the uplink and downlink resources
are planned to reach the maximum spectral efficiency of 7.5 and a CA UE percentage of
100%, a link bandwidth of 150 Mbit/s is required.
The preceding examples are two common cases. Operators can calculate their required
link bandwidths based on site conditions. In consideration of transport protocol
overheads, a bandwidth margin of about 12% must be reserved. As a result, in the
example of 35 Mbit/s link bandwidth, the bandwidth to be configured is calculated as
follows: 35 x (1 + 12%) = 39 Mbit/s.
NOTE
l If an insufficient bandwidth is configured, packet loss will occur on the eX2 interface,
affecting the data rate of UEs in the relaxed-backhaul-based inter-eNodeB CA state. When
configuring the bandwidth of a non-default transmission resource group for the eX2 interface,
operators must consider TOLCALG.TRMDLOLCRELTH and
TOLCALG.TRMULOLCRELTH. The two parameters specify downlink and uplink overload
control relief thresholds, respectively. The bandwidth used to evaluate downlink or uplink
admission to the group is equal to the configured bandwidth multiplied by the downlink or
uplink overload control relief threshold.
l The transmission bandwidth capacity for inter-eNodeB CA varies depending on the board
type. The LMPT, UMPTb, and UMPTe boards support 150 Mbit/s, 300 Mbit/s, and 600
Mbit/s, respectively. BTS3911Es and BTS3912Es support 300 Mbit/s.
l In SCells participating in inter-eNodeB CA, the data rates on the radio interface are
determined by the transport block sizes selected by eNodeBs for UEs. The sizes must not
exceed the maximum allowed transmission bandwidth, and the size type is subject to protocol-
stipulated restrictions. It is possible that a selected transport block size does not precisely
match the transmission bandwidth. As a result, the actual data throughput may fail to reach the
maximum allowed bandwidth even though spare radio resources are available in the SCells.
Inter-eNodeB CA based on relaxed backhaul requires that the inter-eNodeB cells be
reachable through routes. eX2 interfaces must be set up between the eNodeBs. If the
eNodeBs belong to the same operator and are managed by the same U2000, eX2 self-
setup works. If the eNodeBs belong to different operators or are managed by different
U2000s, SCTP links and end-point groups must be manually configured for eX2
interfaces. For details about the configuration, see eX2 Self-Management Feature
Parameter Description.
License
Deploying LAOFD-080201 Inter-eNodeB CA based on Relaxed backhaul requires the
licenses listed in this section.
In addition, each cell involved in CA requires one sales unit of the license for
LAOFD-001001 LTE-A Introduction and one sales unit of the license for:
l LAOFD-001002 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 2CC in 40MHz if two downlink CCs
are to be aggregated, their total bandwidth is between 20 MHz and 40 MHz (including
40 MHz), and the CaDl2CCExtSwitch option of the CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch
parameter is selected for the local cell.
l LAOFD-080207 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 3CC in 40MHz if three downlink
CCs are to be aggregated and their total bandwidth is between 20 MHz and 40 MHz
(including 40 MHz).
l LAOFD-080208 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 3CC in 60MHz if three downlink
CCs are to be aggregated, their total bandwidth is between 40 MHz and 60 MHz
(including 60 MHz), and the CaDl3CCExtSwitch option of the
CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter is selected for the local cell.
l LEOFD-110303 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 4CC and 5CC if four or five
downlink CCs are to be aggregated.
l LAOFD-080202 Carrier Aggregation for Uplink 2CC if two uplink CCs are to be
aggregated.
NOTE
Others
The prerequisite features for this CA feature must be enabled.
9.4.2 Precautions
In addition to the precautions described in 6.4.2 Precautions, note that:
l Adaptive configuration mode is recommended for relaxed-backhaul-based inter-eNodeB
CA, because it has no special requirements for feature deployment. To use the CA-
group-based configuration mode, each eNodeB must be configured with CaGroup,
CaGroupCell, and CaGroupSCellCfg MOs.
l If three consecutive attempts of an eNodeB to set up an eX2 route to an inter-eNodeB
cell fail, the eNodeB prohibits the subsequent 30 attempts on the route.
9.4.4.2 Activation
b. For each eNodeB that serves an SCell, run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH
command with the FreqBaseIntereNBSccSwitch(FreqBaseIntereNBSccSwitch)
option of the CA Algorithm Extend Switch parameter selected.
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH:CAALGOEXTSWITCH=FreqBaseIntereNBSccSwitch-1;
c. For each eNodeB that serves an SCell, run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH
command with the FreqBaseIntereNBSccSwitch(FreqBaseIntereNBSccSwitch)
option of the CA Algorithm Extend Switch parameter selected.
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH:CAALGOEXTSWITCH=FreqBaseIntereNBSccSwitch-1;
In addition:
l To use CA on a network with an inter-eNodeB one-way delay between 4 ms and 8 ms
(inclusive) and RTT between 8 ms and 16 ms (inclusive), run the MOD
ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the
RelaxedBHCaEnhanceSwitch(RelaxedBHCaEnhanceSwitch) option of the CA
Algorithm Switch parameter selected for the eNodeB serving the PCell.
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH:CAALGOSWITCH=RelaxedBHCaEnhanceSwitch-1;
l For downlink 2CC aggregation based on relaxed backhaul, run the MOD CAMGTCFG
command with the Relaxed Backhaul Ca Max Component Carrier Number
parameter set to 2CC(2CC) for the eNodeB serving the PCell.
MOD CAMGTCFG:LocalCellId=0,RelaxedBackhaulCaMaxCcNum=2CC;
l For downlink 3CC aggregation based on relaxed backhaul, run the MOD CAMGTCFG
command with the CaDl3CCSwitch(CaDl3CCSwitch) option of the Cell Level CA
Algorithm Switch parameter selected and the Relaxed Backhaul Ca Max Component
Carrier Number parameter set to 3CC(3CC) for the eNodeB serving the PCell.
MOD
CAMGTCFG:LocalCellId=0,CellCaAlgoSwitch=CaDl3CCSwitch-1,RelaxedBackhaulCaMaxCc
Num=3CC;
l For downlink 4CC aggregation based on relaxed backhaul, run the MOD CAMGTCFG
command with the CaDl3CCSwitch(CaDl3CCSwitch) and
CaDl4CCSwitch(CaDl4CCSwitch) options of the Cell Level CA Algorithm Switch
parameter selected and the Relaxed Backhaul Ca Max Component Carrier Number
parameter set to 4CC(4CC) for the eNodeB serving the PCell.
MOD
CAMGTCFG:LocalCellId=0,CellCaAlgoSwitch=CaDl3CCSwitch-1&CaDl4CCSwitch-1,Relaxe
dBackhaulCaMaxCcNum=4CC;
l For downlink 5CC aggregation based on relaxed backhaul, run the MOD CAMGTCFG
command with the CaDl3CCSwitch(CaDl3CCSwitch),
CaDl4CCSwitch(CaDl4CCSwitch), and CaDl5CCSwitch(CaDl5CCSwitch) options
of the Cell Level CA Algorithm Switch parameter selected and the Relaxed Backhaul
Ca Max Component Carrier Number parameter set to 5CC(5CC) for the eNodeB
serving the PCell.
MOD
CAMGTCFG:LocalCellId=0,CellCaAlgoSwitch=CaDl3CCSwitch-1&CaDl4CCSwitch-1CaDl5CC
Switch-1,RelaxedBackhaulCaMaxCcNum=5CC;
l For uplink 2CC aggregation based on relaxed backhaul, run the MOD CAMGTCFG
command with the CaUl2CCSwitch(CaUl2CCSwitch) option of the Cell Level CA
Algorithm Switch parameter selected and the Relaxed Backhaul CA UL Max CC
Num parameter set to 2CC(2CC) for the eNodeB serving the PCell.
MOD
CAMGTCFG:LocalCellId=0,CellCaAlgoSwitch=CaUl2CCSwitch-1,RelaxedBHCaUlMaxCcNum=
2CC;
In addition to these counters, you can evaluate the feature performance by tracing signaling
messages. For details, see "Message Tracing" in 6.4.5 Activation Observation.
9.4.6 Deactivation
The following table provides the parameter used for feature deactivation.
1526732955 L.Traffic.User.SCell.DL.R
elaxedBackhaulCA.Avg
1526732954 L.Traffic.User.SCell.DL.R
elaxedBackhaulCA.Max
1526732912 L.ChMeas.PRB.DL.SCell.
RelaxedBackhaul-
CAUsed.Avg
Step 1 On the U2000 client, check whether ALM-25888 SCTP Link Fault or ALM-25952 User
Plane Path Fault has been reported.
l If either alarm has been reported, handle the alarm and then check whether the CA-
related counters provided in 6.5 Performance Monitoring produce non-zero values.
– If the counters produce non-zero values, no further action is required.
– If the counters retain the value of 0, go to step 2.
l If neither alarm has been reported, go to step 2.
Step 2 Check the L.Traffic.User.PCell.RelaxedBackhaulCA.OFF counter for the number of times
CA has stopped. If the counter value is less than 10, no further action is required. If the
counter value is greater than or equal to 10, contact Huawei engineers.
----End
10.3 Planning
RF Planning
For details about RF planning, see 6.3 Planning.
Network Planning
For details about network planning, see 6.3 Planning.
Hardware Planning
In addition to the hardware planning described in 6.3 Planning, select BBPs as follows:
10.4 Deployment
Deploy uplink CA on intra-eNodeB cells or on inter-eNodeB cells in eNodeB coordination or
relaxed backhaul scenarios.
10.4.1 Requirements
Operating Environment
None
NEs
The network requirements described in 6.4.1 Requirements, except the requirements for the
EPC and UEs, must be fulfilled. In addition:
l To allow uplink 2CC aggregation to reach a peak data rate of 150 Mbit/s in 2x2 MIMO
scenarios, the maximum uplink and downlink bit rates that the UE subscribes to in the
EPC must be at least 150 Mbit/s and 750 Mbit/s, respectively.
l UEs must comply with 3GPP Release 12 or later and support the frequency bands of the
carriers to be aggregated and their channel bandwidths. UEs must also support the peak
data rate that CA can achieve.
Transmission Networking
For details, see 6.4.1 Requirements.
License
If CaUl2CCSwitch under the CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter is on for a cell, the
cell can act as the PCell in uplink CA. The PCell and SCell each require one sales unit of the
license for LAOFD-080202 Carrier Aggregation for Uplink 2CC. For this uplink CA feature
to take effect, downlink CA must be licensed:
l If the total bandwidth of the downlink aggregated cells is less than or equal to 20 MHz,
each cell requires one sales unit of the license for LAOFD-001001 LTE-A Introduction.
l If the total bandwidth of the downlink aggregated cells is between 20 MHz and 40 MHz
(including 40 MHz), each cell requires one sales unit of the license for LAOFD-001001
LTE-A Introduction and one sales unit of the license for LAOFD-001002 Carrier
Aggregation for Downlink 2CC in 40MHz.
Others
The prerequisite features for this CA feature must be enabled.
10.4.2 Precautions
For details, see 6.4.2 Precautions.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in a CellAlgoSwitch MO to set
the uplink scheduling switch.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in a CellAlgoSwitch MO to
control PUSCH power control optimization for uplink CA.
When uplink load is not high, you are advised to set the following switch in the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch MO on.
10.4.4.2 Activation
Step 2 Run the MOD CAMGTCFG command with the CaUl2CCSwitch(CaUl2CCSwitch) option
of the Cell Level CA Algorithm Switch parameter selected.
l If only one of the two cells can act as the PCell for uplink 2CC aggregation, enable
uplink 2CC aggregation in this cell.
MOD CAMGTCFG:LOCALCELLID=0,CELLCAALGOSWITCH=CaUl2CCSwitch-1;
l If both cells can act as PCells for uplink 2CC aggregation, enable uplink 2CC
aggregation in both cells.
MOD CAMGTCFG:LOCALCELLID=0,CELLCAALGOSWITCH=CaUl2CCSwitch-1;
MOD CAMGTCFG:LOCALCELLID=1,CELLCAALGOSWITCH=CaUl2CCSwitch-1;
Step 3 (Optional) To enable PUSCH power control optimization for uplink CA, run the MOD
CELLALGOSWITCH command with the
UlCaPuschPcOptSwitch(UlCaPuschPcOptSwitch) option of the Uplink power control
algorithm switch parameter selected for both the PCell and the SCell.
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH:LOCALCELLID=0,ULPCALGOSWITCH=UlCaPuschPcOptSwitch-1;
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH:LocalCellId=1,UlPcAlgoSwitch=UlCaPuschPcOptSwitch-1;
Step 4 (Optional) When uplink load is not high, run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command
with the SccDeactByUlDtxSwitch(SccDeactByUlDtxSwitch) option of the CA Algorithm
Extend Switch parameter selected for both the PCell and the SCell.
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH:CaAlgoExtSwitch=SccDeactByUlDtxSwitch-1;
----End
Message Tracing
The message tracing procedures are similar to those described in 6.4.5 Activation
Observation. The difference is that, in the procedures, observe the UL-Configuration-r10 IE
in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10 IE of the RRC_CONN_RECFG message to
evaluate uplink SCell configuration and removal.
10.4.6 Deactivation
The following table provides the parameters used for feature deactivation.
l If both cells can act as PCells for uplink 2CC aggregation, disable uplink 2CC
aggregation in both cells.
MOD CAMGTCFG:LOCALCELLID=0,CELLCAALGOSWITCH=CaUl2CCSwitch-0;
MOD CAMGTCFG:LOCALCELLID=1,CELLCAALGOSWITCH=CaUl2CCSwitch-0;
Step 2 (Optional) If the uplink scheduler considers power control restrictions during scheduling, run
the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command with the
SchedulerCtrlPowerSwitch(SchedulerCtrlPowerSwitch) option of the Uplink schedule
switch parameter deselected.
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH:LOCALCELLID=0,ULSCHSWITCH=SchedulerCtrlPowerSwitch-0;
Step 3 (Optional) To disable PUSCH power control optimization for uplink CA, run the MOD
CELLALGOSWITCH command with the
UlCaPuschPcOptSwitch(UlCaPuschPcOptSwitch) option of the Uplink power control
algorithm switch parameter deselected for both the PCell and the SCell.
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH:LOCALCELLID=0,ULPCALGOSWITCH=UlCaPuschPcOptSwitch-0;
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH:LOCALCELLID=1,ULPCALGOSWITCH=UlCaPuschPcOptSwitch-0;
Step 4 (Optional) When uplink load is not high, run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command
with the SccDeactByUlDtxSwitch(SccDeactByUlDtxSwitch) option of the CA Algorithm
Extend Switch parameter deselected for both the PCell and the SCell.
MOD ENodeBAlgoSwitch:LocalCellId=0,CaAlgoExtSwitch=SccDeactByUlDtxSwitch-0;
MOD ENodeBAlgoSwitch:LocalCellId=1,CaAlgoExtSwitch=SccDeactByUlDtxSwitch-0;
----End
l If the total bandwidth is less than or equal to 40 MHz, enable only LAOFD-080207
Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 3CC in 40MHz.
l If the total bandwidth is between 40 MHz and 60 MHz (including 60 MHz), enable both
LAOFD-080207 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 3CC in 40MHz and LAOFD-080208
Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 3CC in 60MHz.
11.3 Planning
RF Planning
For details about RF planning, see 6.3 Planning.
Network Planning
For details about network planning, see 6.3 Planning.
Hardware Planning
In addition to the hardware planning described in 6.3 Planning, select BBPs as follows:
Do not use LBBPc as the BBP to serve the PCells of CA UEs.
11.4 Deployment
Deploy this CA feature on three inter-frequency cells served by either the same eNodeB or
different eNodeBs in eNodeB coordination scenarios.
11.4.1 Requirements
Operating Environment
None
NEs
The network requirements described in 6.4.1 Requirements, except the requirements for the
EPC and UEs, must be fulfilled. In addition:
l To allow downlink 3CC aggregation to reach a peak data rate of 450 Mbit/s in 2x2
MIMO scenarios, the maximum bit rate that the UE subscribes to in the EPC must be at
least 450 Mbit/s.
l UEs must comply with 3GPP Release 12 or later and support the frequency bands of the
carriers to be aggregated and their channel bandwidths. UEs must also support the peak
data rate that CA can achieve.
Transmission Networking
For details, see 6.4.1 Requirements.
License
A cell can act as a PCell in downlink 3CC aggregation only if CaDl3CCSwitch under the
CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter is on for the cell.
LAOFD-080207 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 3CC in 40MHz and LAOFD-080208
Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 3CC in 60MHz are both under license control.
Each cell involved in 3CC aggregation requires one sales unit of the license for
LAOFD-001001 LTE-A Introduction and one sales unit of the license for LAOFD-080207
Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 3CC in 40MHz. In addition:
l If the total bandwidth exceeds 40 MHz and the CaDl3CCExtSwitch option of the
CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter is selected for each cell, each cell consumes
one sales unit of the license for LAOFD-080208 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 3CC
in 60MHz.
l If the total bandwidth of any two of the three cells exceeds 20 MHz and the
CaDl2CCExtSwitch option of the CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter is selected
for each of the two cells, each of the two cells consumes one sales unit of the license for
LAOFD-001002 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 2CC in 40MHz.
Others
The prerequisite features for this CA feature must be enabled.
11.4.2 Precautions
For details, see 6.4.2 Precautions.
11.4.4.2 Activation
Step 3 (Optional) If the total bandwidth of any three cells in a combination for 3CC aggregation
exceeds 40 MHz, run the MOD CAMGTCFG command with the
CaDl3CCExtSwitch(CaDl3CCExtSwitch) option of the Cell Level CA Algorithm Switch
parameter selected for each of the three cells.
MOD CAMGTCFG:LOCALCELLID=0,CELLCAALGOSWITCH=CaDl3CCExtSwitch-1;
Step 4 (Optional) If the total bandwidth of any two cells in a combination for 3CC aggregation
exceeds 20 MHz, run the MOD CAMGTCFG command with the
CaDl2CCExtSwitch(CaDl2CCExtSwitch) option of the Cell Level CA Algorithm Switch
parameter selected for each of the two cells.
MOD CAMGTCFG:LOCALCELLID=0,CELLCAALGOSWITCH=CaDl2CCExtSwitch-1;
----End
1526732907 L.Traffic.User.PCell.D Average number of UEs that treat the local cell
L.3CC.Avg as their PCell and each have two SCells
configured
1526732915 L.Traffic.User.PCell.D Average number of UEs that treat the local cell
L.3CC.Active.Avg as their PCell and each have two SCells
activated
11.4.6 Deactivation
The following table provides the parameter used for feature deactivation.
12.3 Planning
RF Planning
For details about RF planning, see 6.3 Planning.
Network Planning
For details about network planning, see 6.3 Planning.
Hardware Planning
In addition to the hardware planning described in 6.3 Planning, select BBPs and MPTs as
follows:
12.4 Deployment
Deploy this CA feature on four or five inter-frequency cells served by either the same eNodeB
or different eNodeBs in eNodeB coordination scenarios.
12.4.1 Requirements
Operating Environment
None
NEs
The network requirements described in 6.4.1 Requirements, except the requirements for the
EPC and UEs, must be fulfilled. In addition:
l To allow downlink 4CC or 5CC aggregation to reach a peak data rate of 600 Mbit/s or
750 Mbit/s in 2x2 MIMO scenarios, the maximum bit rate that the UE subscribes to in
the EPC must be at least 600 Mbit/s or 750 Mbit/s, respectively.
l UEs must comply with 3GPP Release 12 or later and support the frequency bands of the
carriers to be aggregated and their channel bandwidths. UEs must also support the peak
data rate that CA can achieve.
Transmission Networking
For details, see 6.4.1 Requirements.
License
A cell can act as a PCell in downlink 4CC or 5CC aggregation only if CaDl4CCSwitch or
CaDl5CCSwitch under the CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter is on for the cell.
LEOFD-110303 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 4CC and 5CC is under license control.
Each cell involved in downlink 4CC or 5CC aggregation requires one sales unit of the license
for this feature and one sales unit of the license for each of the following prerequisite features:
l LAOFD-001001 LTE-A Introduction
l LAOFD-080207 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 3CC in 40MHz
If the total bandwidth of three of the four or five cells exceeds 40 MHz, each of the three cells
also requires one sales unit of the license for LAOFD-080208 Carrier Aggregation for
Downlink 3CC in 60MHz.
If the total bandwidth of two of the four or five cells exceeds 20 MHz, each of the two cells
also requires one sales unit of the license for LAOFD-001002 Carrier Aggregation for
Downlink 2CC in 40MHz.
Others
The prerequisite features for this CA feature must be enabled.
12.4.2 Precautions
For details, see 6.4.2 Precautions.
12.4.4.2 Activation
----End
Table 12-1 Counters to be monitored to verify activation of downlink 4CC and 5CC
aggregation
1526737780 L.Traffic.User.PCell.D Average number of UEs that treat the local cell
L.4CC.Avg as their PCell in the downlink 4CC CA state
1526739805 L.Traffic.User.PCell.D Average number of UEs that treat the local cell
L.5CC.Avg as their PCell in the downlink 5CC CA state
12.4.6 Deactivation
The following table provides the parameter used for feature deactivation.
Table 12-3 Counters to be monitored to evaluate performance of downlink 4CC and 5CC
aggregation
Counter Counter Name Description
ID
13.3 Planning
RF Planning
For details about RF planning, see 6.3 Planning.
Network Planning
For details about network planning for FDD carriers, see 6.3 Planning. For details about
network planning for TDD carriers, see Carrier Aggregation in the eRAN TDD feature
documentation. In addition, to use FDD+TDD CA, ensure that time synchronization is used in
eNodeBs and the synchronization accuracy meets the requirement described in 3.1.3.1
LAOFD-001001 LTE-A Introduction.
Hardware Planning
For details about hardware planning for FDD carriers, see 6.3 Planning. For details about
hardware planning for TDD carriers, see Carrier Aggregation in the eRAN TDD feature
documentation.
In addition, make the hardware plan for FDD+TDD CA with the following principles taken
into consideration:
l If an FDD cell on an LBBPd4 board acts as the PCell for a CA UE, aggregation of three
or more downlink FDD and TDD CCs will not work.
l The peak data rate that CA can achieve for a CA UE is limited by the peak data rate
capability of the board where the PCell for the CA UE is located. For example, if the
PCell of a CA UE is served by an LBBPd1 board that supports a downlink peak data rate
of 450 Mbit/s, the peak downlink data rate that CA can achieve for the CA UE will not
exceed 450 Mbit/s.
l FDD+TDD CA cannot be used with cells on LBBPc boards. If a physical cell of an SFN
cell is established on an LBBPc board, FDD+TDD CA cannot be used with the SFN cell
either.
l If a TDD cell for FDD+TDD CA has been configured with a non-zero value of frame
offset, the same value of frame offset must be set for the FDD cells in the CA
combination. FDD hardware of SRAN10.1 or later versions, except BTS3203Es, all
support frame offset setting.
l For FDD+TDD separate-BBU separate-MPT deployment, plan BBP interconnection
with the following restrictions taken into consideration:
– The interconnection of only two BBUs is supported. Neither a single BBU nor
interconnection of more BBUs is supported. The two interconnected BBUs can be
connected to other BBUs in USU3910-based centralized eNodeB coordination or
relaxed backhaul scenarios.
– LBBPd, UBBPd, or UBBPe/UBBPei boards can be connected to other BBPs
through interconnection cables, but LBBPc boards cannot.
– If BBU3900s are used, each BBP must be installed in slot 2 or 3 and baseband
interconnection cables connect only the BBPs in slot 2 or 3 of the BBUs. A
maximum of two baseband interconnection cables can be used for connecting two
BBUs. For example, m LBBPd, UBBPd, or UBBPe/UBBPei boards are configured
in one BBU and n LBBPd, UBBPd, or UBBPe/UBBPei boards are configured in
the other BBU. When either m or n is 1, only one baseband interconnection cable
can be used. When either m or n is equal to 3 or more, two baseband
interconnection cables can be used. In other situations, one baseband
interconnection cable can be used. If m or n is equal to 3 or more and only one
baseband interconnection cable is used, the bandwidth for inter-BBU user-plane
data transmission may be insufficient.
– If BBU3910s are used, BBPs can be installed in any slot and a maximum of two
baseband interconnection cables can be used to connect two BBUs.
– An electrical cable used as a baseband interconnection cable cannot exceed 5
meters. An optical cable used this way cannot exceed 10 meters.
UBBPd UBBPd 5m 10 m
UBBPd LBBPd 5m 10 m
LBBPd LBBPd 5m 10 m
UBBPe/ LBBPd 5m 10 m
UBBPei
UBBPe/ UBBPd 5m 10 m
UBBPei
UBBPe/ UBBPe/ 5m 10 m
UBBPei UBBPei
NOTE
For details about MPT connection requirements in separate-BBU separate-MPT scenarios, see
BBU Interconnection Feature Parameter Description. For technical support, contact Huawei
engineers.
13.4 Deployment
Deploy this CA feature on two single-carrier cells or a dual-carrier sector. For details about
how to deploy a dual-carrier sector, see Cell Management Feature Parameter Description.
13.4.1 Requirements
NOTE
l If the transmission delay (maximum one-way delay or RTT), jitter, or packet loss rate deteriorates,
the data rates of CA UEs in relaxed-backhaul-based inter-eNodeB CA decrease.
l If the downlink traffic to be carried on the board or eNodeB that serves the PCell of a UE exceeds
the maximum data rate supported by the hardware, the end-to-end delay between the PCell and
SCells may increase, so that the data rates in the SCells decrease or even drop to zero.
l In tolerable scenarios, services can be successfully set up, but the QoS requirements of services
other than Voice over LTE (VoLTE) and push to talk (PTT) are not necessarily fulfilled.
l If TCP is used for application layer data transmission and packet loss occurs on the transmission link
between the eNodeB and the EPC, the data rates of CA UEs may be adversely affected because the
incoming application layer data packets are insufficient due to the TCP window size limited by the
TCP window sliding mechanism.
License
Deploying downlink FDD+TDD CA requires the licenses listed in this section. For this
feature to take effect, prerequisite features must be licensed. Details are as follows:
l If at least two FDD carriers are involved in CA and the total bandwidth of the FDD
carriers does not exceed 20 MHz, each of the FDD cells requires one sales unit of the
license for LAOFD-001001 LTE-A Introduction.
l If at least two FDD carriers are involved in CA and the total bandwidth of the FDD
carriers is between 20 MHz and 40 MHz (including 40 MHz), each of the FDD cells
requires one sales unit of the license for LAOFD-001001 LTE-A Introduction and one
sales unit of the license for LAOFD-001002 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 2CC in
40MHz.
l If three FDD carriers are involved in CA and the total bandwidth of the FDD carriers
does not exceed 40 MHz, each of the FDD cells requires one sales unit of the license for
LAOFD-080207 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 3CC in 40MHz.
l If three FDD carriers are involved in CA and the total bandwidth of the FDD carriers is
between 40 MHz and 60 MHz (including 60 MHz), each of the FDD cells requires one
sales unit of the license for LAOFD-080207 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 3CC in
40MHz and one sales unit of the license for LAOFD-080208 Carrier Aggregation for
Downlink 3CC in 60MHz.
l If four FDD carriers are involved in CA, each of the cells requires one sales unit of the
license for LEOFD-110303 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 4CC and 5CC.
l If the number of FDD carriers selected for CA is less than the number of candidate FDD
carriers, each of the serving FDD cells requires one sales unit of the license for
LAOFD-070201 Flexible CA from Multiple Carriers.
l If the FDD carriers involved in CA are provided by coordinated eNodeBs, each of the
FDD eNodeBs requires one sales unit of the license for LAOFD-070202 Inter-eNodeB
CA based on Coordinated eNodeB.
l If the FDD carriers involved in CA are provided by eNodeBs deployed with a relaxed
requirement for backhaul, each of the FDD eNodeBs requires one sales unit of the
license for LAOFD-080201 Inter-eNodeB CA based on Relaxed backhaul.
l If at least two TDD carriers are involved in CA and the total bandwidth of the TDD
carriers does not exceed 30 MHz, each of the TDD cells requires one sales unit of the
license for TDLAOFD-001001 LTE-A Introduction.
l If at least two TDD carriers are involved in CA and the total bandwidth of the TDD
carriers is between 30 MHz and 40 MHz (including 40 MHz), each of the TDD cells
requires one sales unit of the license for TDLAOFD-001001 LTE-A Introduction and
one sales unit of the license for TDLAOFD-001002 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink
2CC in 40MHz.
l If three TDD carriers are involved in CA, each of the cells requires one sales unit of the
license for TDLAOFD-081405 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 3CC.
l If four TDD carriers are involved in CA, each of the cells requires one sales unit of the
license for TDLEOFD-081504 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 4CC.
l If the number of TDD carriers selected for CA is less than the number of candidate TDD
carriers, each of the serving TDD cells requires one sales unit of the license for
TDLAOFD-070201 Flexible CA from Multiple Carriers.
l If the TDD carriers involved in CA are provided by coordinated eNodeBs, each of the
TDD eNodeBs requires one sales unit of the license for TDLAOFD-110401 Inter-
eNodeB CA Based on Coordinated BBU.
l If the TDD carriers involved in CA are provided by eNodeBs deployed with a relaxed
requirement for backhaul, each of the TDD eNodeBs requires one sales unit of the
license for TDLAOFD-081402 Inter-eNodeB CA Based on Relaxed Backhaul.
l Each cell on a component FDD carrier requires one sales unit of the license for
MRFD-101222 FDD+TDD Downlink Carrier Aggregation(LTE FDD).
l Each cell on a component TDD carrier requires one sales unit of the license for
MRFD-101231 FDD+TDD Downlink Carrier Aggregation(LTE TDD).
Others
The prerequisite features for this CA feature must be enabled.
13.4.2 Precautions
Take the following precautions, in addition to those described in 6.4.2 Precautions:
l The subframe configurations of TDD cells and the frame offset settings for FDD and
TDD cells must meet the requirements described in 3.1.3.9 MRFD-101222 FDD+TDD
Downlink Carrier Aggregation(LTE FDD).
l To address the fact that some UEs report band combinations for FDD+TDD CA but do
not report PCell capability fields, you are advised to select the following options of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CompatibilityCtrlSwitch parameter:
– FddTddCaPcellDuplexFdd: specifies whether the eNodeB considers that a UE
supports FDD+TDD CA with an FDD PCell when the UE reports the FDD+TDD
CA band combination but does not report the IE tdd-FDD-CA-PCellDuplex-r12.
The eNodeB considers that the UE supports FDD+TDD CA with an FDD PCell
only if this option is selected.
– FddTddCaPcellDuplexTdd: specifies whether the eNodeB considers that a UE
supports FDD+TDD CA with a TDD PCell when the UE reports the FDD+TDD
CA band combination but does not report the IE tdd-FDD-CA-PCellDuplex-r12.
The eNodeB considers that the UE supports FDD+TDD CA with a TDD PCell only
if this option is selected.
NOTE
For details about USU configurations, see USU3910-based Multi-BBU Interconnection Feature
Parameter Description.
13.4.4.2 Activation
In FDD+TDD separate-BBU separate-MPT scenarios, contact Huawei engineers for eX2-C and eX2-U
link configurations.
In addition to the steps in 6.4.4 Data Preparation and Feature Activation, perform the
following steps on the U2000 client:
Step 1 Run the MOD CAMGTCFG command with Local cell ID set to the ID of the intended
PCell, with the InterFddTddCaSwitch(InterFddTddCaSwitch) option of the Cell Level
CA Algorithm Switch parameter selected, and with the FDD TDD CA DL Max CC
Number parameter set to 2CC(2CC), 3CC(3CC), 4CC(4CC), or 5CC(5CC).
MOD CAMGTCFG: LOCALCELLID=0, CELLCAALGOSWITCH=InterFddTddCaSwitch-1,
FDDTDDCADLMAXCCNUM=2CC;
Step 2 (Optional) To enable downlink FDD+TDD CA in relaxed backhaul scenarios, run the MOD
CAMGTCFG command with the FDD TDD Relaxed BH CA DL Max CC Num parameter
set to DL2CC(DL2CC), DL3CC(DL3CC), DL4CC(DL4CC), or DL5CC(DL5CC) for
each cell.
MOD CAMGTCFG: LOCALCELLID=0, FTRELAXEDBHCADLMAXCCNUM=DL2CC;
----End
After downlink FDD+TDD 3CC aggregation is enabled, the eNodeB configures two SCells at
a time for a CA UE when the required conditions are met. Observe the counters listed in the
following table to obtain PCell statistics related to FDD+TDD CA. If the
L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.3CC.PCell.DL.Avg counter produces a non-zero value,
downlink FDD+TDD 3CC aggregation has been activated. If the value of this counter is
persistently zero, downlink FDD+TDD 3CC aggregation may not be activated.
Observe the counters listed in the following table to obtain PCell statistics related to FDD
+TDD CA. If the L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.4CC.PCell.DL.Avg counter produces a non-
zero value, downlink FDD+TDD 4CC aggregation has been activated. If the value of this
counter is persistently zero, downlink FDD+TDD 4CC aggregation may not be activated.
Observe the counters listed in the following table to obtain PCell statistics related to FDD
+TDD CA. If the L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.5CC.PCell.DL.Avg counter produces a non-
zero value, downlink FDD+TDD 5CC aggregation has been activated. If the value of this
counter is persistently zero, downlink FDD+TDD 5CC aggregation may not be activated.
13.4.6 Deactivation
The following table provides the parameters used for feature deactivation.
14.3 Planning
RF Planning
For details about RF planning, see 6.3 Planning.
Network Planning
For details about network planning for FDD carriers, see 6.3 Planning. For details about
network planning for TDD carriers, see Carrier Aggregation in the eRAN TDD feature
documentation.
Hardware Planning
For details about hardware planning for FDD carriers, see 6.3 Planning. For details about
hardware planning for TDD carriers, see Carrier Aggregation in the eRAN TDD feature
documentation.
In addition, make the hardware plan for FDD+TDD CA with the following principles taken
into consideration:
l FDD+TDD CA cannot be used with cells on LBBPc boards. If a physical cell of an SFN
cell is established on an LBBPc board, FDD+TDD CA cannot be used with the SFN cell
either.
l If a TDD cell for FDD+TDD CA has been configured with a non-zero value of frame
offset, the same value of frame offset must be set for the FDD cells in the CA
combination. FDD hardware of SRAN10.1 or later versions, except BTS3203Es, all
support frame offset setting.
l For FDD+TDD separate-BBU separate-MPT deployment, plan BBP interconnection
with the following restrictions taken into consideration:
– The interconnection of only two BBUs is supported. Neither a single BBU nor
interconnection of more BBUs is supported. The two interconnected BBUs can be
connected to other BBUs in USU3910-based centralized eNodeB coordination or
relaxed backhaul scenarios.
– LBBPd, UBBPd, or UBBPe/UBBPei boards can be connected to other BBPs
through interconnection cables, but LBBPc boards cannot.
– If BBU3900s are used, each BBP must be installed in slot 2 or 3 and baseband
interconnection cables connect only the BBPs in slot 2 or 3 of the BBUs. A
maximum of two baseband interconnection cables can be used for connecting two
BBUs. For example, m LBBPd, UBBPd, or UBBPe/UBBPei boards are configured
in one BBU and n LBBPd, UBBPd, or UBBPe/UBBPei boards are configured in
the other BBU. When either m or n is 1, only one baseband interconnection cable
can be used. When either m or n is equal to 3 or more, two baseband
interconnection cables can be used. In other situations, one baseband
interconnection cable can be used. If m or n is equal to 3 or more and only one
baseband interconnection cable is used, the bandwidth for inter-BBU user-plane
data transmission may be insufficient.
– If BBU3910s are used, BBPs can be installed in any slot and a maximum of two
baseband interconnection cables can be used to connect two BBUs.
– An electrical cable used as a baseband interconnection cable cannot exceed 5
meters. An optical cable used this way cannot exceed 10 meters.
BBU 0 BBU 1 Maximum Maximum
Allowed Length Allowed Length of
of an Electrical an Optical Cable
Cable
UBBPd UBBPd 5m 10 m
UBBPd LBBPd 5m 10 m
LBBPd LBBPd 5m 10 m
UBBPe/ LBBPd 5m 10 m
UBBPei
UBBPe/ UBBPd 5m 10 m
UBBPei
UBBPe/ UBBPe/ 5m 10 m
UBBPei UBBPei
NOTE
For details about MPT connection requirements in separate-BBU separate-MPT scenarios, see
BBU Interconnection Feature Parameter Description. For technical support, contact Huawei
engineers.
14.4 Deployment
Deploy this CA feature on two single-carrier cells or a dual-carrier sector. For details about
how to deploy a dual-carrier sector, see Cell Management Feature Parameter Description.
14.4.1 Requirements
l To allow uplink FDD+TDD CA to reach a peak data rate of 60 Mbit/s in 2x2 MIMO
scenarios, the maximum uplink and downlink bit rates that the UE subscribes to in the
EPC must be at least 60 Mbit/s and 260 Mbit/s, respectively.
l UEs must comply with 3GPP Release 12 or later and support the frequency bands of the
carriers to be aggregated and their channel bandwidths.
License
Deploying uplink FDD+TDD CA requires the licenses listed in this section. For this feature to
take effect, prerequisite features must be licensed. Details are as follows:
l Each cell on a component FDD carrier requires one sales unit of the license for
MRFD-101222 FDD+TDD Downlink Carrier Aggregation(LTE FDD) and one sales unit
of the license for MRFD-111222 FDD+TDD Uplink Carrier Aggregation (LTE FDD).
l Each cell on a component TDD carrier requires one sales unit of the license for
MRFD-101231 FDD+TDD Downlink Carrier Aggregation(LTE TDD) and one sales unit
of the license for MRFD-111232 FDD+TDD Uplink Carrier Aggregation (LTE TDD).
Others
The prerequisite features for this CA feature must be enabled.
14.4.2 Precautions
Take the following precaution in addition to those described in 13.4.2 Precautions:
l If the features related to DRX and signaling control are to be enabled with uplink FDD
+TDD CA, note the DRX working principles described in 3.3.6 DRX Control Under
CA.
l In relaxed backhaul scenarios, downlink FDD+TDD CA must be activated, as described
in 13.4.4.2 Activation, before uplink FDD+TDD 2CC aggregation can be activated.
14.4.4.2 Activation
NOTE
In FDD+TDD separate-BBU separate-MPT scenarios, contact Huawei engineers for eX2-C and eX2-U
link configurations.
Step 2 Run the MOD CAMGTCFG command with Local cell ID set to the ID of the intended
PCell, with the InterFddTddCaSwitch(InterFddTddCaSwitch) option of the Cell Level
CA Algorithm Switch parameter selected, and with the FDD TDD CA UL Max CC
Number parameter set to 2CC(2CC).
MOD
CAMGTCFG:LOCALCELLID=0,CELLCAALGOSWITCH=InterFddTddCaSwitch-1,FDDTDDCAULMAXCCNUM=2
CC;
Step 3 (Optional) For adaptive CA, run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the
FreqCfgCaOverBBUsSwitch(FreqCfgCaOverBBUsSwitch) option of the
OverBBUsSwitch parameter selected on each BBU.
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH:OVERBBUSSWITCH=FreqCfgCaOverBBUsSwitch-1;
Step 4 (Optional) To enable uplink FDD+TDD 2CC aggregation in relaxed backhaul scenarios, run
the MOD CAMGTCFG command with the FDD and TDD Relaxed Backhaul CA UL
Max CC Num parameter set to 2CC(2CC) for both cells.
MOD CAMGTCFG:LOCALCELLID=0,FTRELAXEDBHCAULMAXCCNUM=2CC;
----End
Message Tracing
For details, see 10.4.5 Activation Observation.
14.4.6 Deactivation
The following table provides the parameter used for feature deactivation.
15 Parameters
CaMgtC RsrpOff MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the offset used to evaluate whether
fg set CAMG to trigger RSRP-based PCC and SCC switchover.
TCFG RSRP-based PCC and SCC switchover is disabled if
LST this parameter is set to 0. This parameter applies only
CAMG to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
TCFG GUI Value Range: 0~10
Unit: dB
Actual Value Range: 0~10
Default Value: 0
CaHoControlSwitch, DistributeCloudbbCaSwitch,
SccSmartCfgSwitch, IdleModePccAnchorSwitch,
FreqPriBasedHoCaFiltSwitch, CaSccSuspendSwitch,
PccSmartCfgSwitch, CaA5HoEventSwitch,
EnhancedPccAnchorSwitch, CaAdpPreSchSwitch,
CaPreSchSwitch, CaLoadBalancePreAllocSwitch,
RelaxedBHCaArqSelectSwitch,
TddRelaxedBackhaulCaSwitch, RelaxedBHCaEnhan-
ceSwitch, CaSmartSelectionSwitch,
CaRlcPreAllocSwitch, PccAnchorOptSwitch
Default Value: PdcchOverlapSrchSpcSwitch:On,
CaCapbFiltSwitch:Off, PccAnchorSwitch:Off,
SccBlindCfgSwitch:Off, FreqCfgSwitch:Off,
SccA2RmvSwitch:On, CaTrafficTriggerSwitch:Off,
HoWithSccCfgSwitch:Off, SccModA6Switch:Off,
GbrAmbrJudgeSwitch:Off, MtaAlgSwitch:Off,
RelaxedBackhaulCaSwitch:Off, AdpCaSwitch:Off,
CaHoControlSwitch:Off, DistributeCloudbbCaS-
witch:Off, SccSmartCfgSwitch:Off,
IdleModePccAnchorSwitch:Off, FreqPriBasedHoCa-
FiltSwitch:Off, CaSccSuspendSwitch:Off,
PccSmartCfgSwitch:Off, CaA5HoEventSwitch:On,
EnhancedPccAnchorSwitch:Off,
CaAdpPreSchSwitch:On, CaPreSchSwitch:Off,
CaLoadBalancePreAllocSwitch:Off,
RelaxedBHCaArqSelectSwitch:Off,
TddRelaxedBackhaulCaSwitch:Off,
RelaxedBHCaEnhanceSwitch:Off,
CaSmartSelectionSwitch:Off,
CaRlcPreAllocSwitch:On, PccAnchorOptSwitch:Off
tySwitch, UlNasCrossHoCacheSwitch,
SCellBlindA2Switch
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: CaGapMeasPriOffSwitch,
CaHoReqWithR9ConfigSwitch, AntennaFullConfigS-
witch, DrxConfigMsgSwitch, MultiplexingTabSelS-
witch, SCellModCaMeasRmvSwitch,
HoCfgReleaseJudgeSwitch, ScellIndexLimitSwitch,
HoWithSccMimoModifySwitch, ForbidHighCapabili-
tySwitch, UlNasCrossHoCacheSwitch,
SCellBlindA2Switch
Default Value: CaGapMeasPriOffSwitch:On,
CaHoReqWithR9ConfigSwitch:On,
AntennaFullConfigSwitch:Off,
DrxConfigMsgSwitch:Off, MultiplexingTabSelS-
witch:Off, SCellModCaMeasRmvSwitch:On,
HoCfgReleaseJudgeSwitch:Off, ScellIndexLimitS-
witch:Off, HoWithSccMimoModifySwitch:Off,
ForbidHighCapabilitySwitch:Off,
UlNasCrossHoCacheSwitch:Off,
SCellBlindA2Switch:Off
CaMgtC FTRelax MOD MRFD- FDD Meaning: Indicates the maximum number of carriers
fg edBHCa CAMG 111222 +TDD that can be aggregated in the uplink for FDD+TDD
UlMaxC TCFG MRFD- Uplink CA in relaxed backhaul scenarios. Relaxed-backhaul-
cNum LST 111232 Carrier based FDD+TDD CA in the uplink is not supported
CAMG Aggrega when this parameter is set to 0CC. The maximum
TCFG tion(LT number is two when this parameter is set to 2CC. This
E FDD) parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
FDD GUI Value Range: 0CC(0CC), 2CC(2CC)
+TDD Unit: None
Uplink
Carrier Actual Value Range: 0CC, 2CC
Aggrega Default Value: 0CC(0CC)
tion(LT
E TDD)
UeCom WhiteLs ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates whether a private CA band
pat tCaCom UECO -001001 Band combination takes effect only on UEs in the whitelist.
bSwitch MPAT 01 Carrier If an option is selected, the specified private CA band
MOD LAOFD Aggrega combination takes effect only on the whitelisted UEs.
UECO -001001 tion for If the option is deselected, the combination takes
MPAT 02 Downlin effect on all CA UEs. For example, if
k 2CC PRIVATECACOMBID_0 is selected, the private CA
LST LAOFD in band combination with an ID of 0 takes effect only on
UECO -001002 20MHz the whitelisted UEs. This parameter applies only to
MPAT 01 LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
Inter-
LAOFD Band GUI Value Range: PRIVATECACOMBID_0(Private
-001002 Carrier CA Band Combination ID 0),
02 / Aggrega PRIVATECACOMBID_1(Private CA Band
TDLAO tion for Combination ID 1), PRIVATECACOMBID_2(Private
FD-001 Downlin CA Band Combination ID 2),
00202 k 2CC PRIVATECACOMBID_3(Private CA Band
LAOFD in Combination ID 3), PRIVATECACOMBID_4(Private
-070201 20MHz CA Band Combination ID 4),
LAOFD Carrier PRIVATECACOMBID_5(Private CA Band
-070202 Aggrega Combination ID 5), PRIVATECACOMBID_6(Private
tion for CA Band Combination ID 6),
TDLAO PRIVATECACOMBID_7(Private CA Band
FD-001 Downlin
k 2CC Combination ID 7), PRIVATECACOMBID_8(Private
00111 CA Band Combination ID 8),
in
40MHz PRIVATECACOMBID_9(Private CA Band
Combination ID 9),
Support PRIVATECACOMBID_10(Private CA Band
of UE Combination ID 10),
Categor PRIVATECACOMBID_11(Private CA Band
y6 Combination ID 11),
Flexible PRIVATECACOMBID_12(Private CA Band
CA Combination ID 12),
from PRIVATECACOMBID_13(Private CA Band
Multiple Combination ID 13),
Carriers PRIVATECACOMBID_14(Private CA Band
Inter- Combination ID 14),
eNodeB PRIVATECACOMBID_15(Private CA Band
CA Combination ID 15),
based on PRIVATECACOMBID_16(Private CA Band
Coordin Combination ID 16),
ated PRIVATECACOMBID_17(Private CA Band
eNodeB Combination ID 17),
PRIVATECACOMBID_18(Private CA Band
Intra- Combination ID 18),
band PRIVATECACOMBID_19(Private CA Band
Carrier Combination ID 19),
Aggrega PRIVATECACOMBID_20(Private CA Band
tion for Combination ID 20),
Downlin
PRIVATECACOMBID_29,
PRIVATECACOMBID_30,
PRIVATECACOMBID_31
Default Value: PRIVATECACOMBID_0:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_1:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_2:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_3:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_4:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_5:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_6:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_7:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_8:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_9:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_10:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_11:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_12:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_13:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_14:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_15:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_16:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_17:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_18:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_19:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_20:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_21:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_22:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_23:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_24:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_25:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_26:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_27:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_28:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_29:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_30:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_31:OFF
INTER_RAT_MLB_ALLOWED:On,
INTER_RAT_MLB_LOW_PRIO_IND:Off,
HO_USE_VOIP_FREQ_ALLOWED:Off,
SMART_CA_ALLOWED:Off,
ADMISSION_FORBIDDEN:Off
CaMgtC FTRelax MOD MRFD- FDD Meaning: Indicates the maximum number of FDD and
fg edBHCa CAMG 101222 +TDD TDD component carriers that can be aggregated in the
DLMax TCFG MRFD- Carrier downlink for FDD+TDD CA in relaxed backhaul
CcNum LST 101231 Aggrega scenarios. If this parameter is set to DL0CC(DL0CC),
CAMG tion(LT relaxed-backhaul-based downlink FDD+TDD CA is
TCFG E FDD) not supported. If this parameter is set to
FDD DL2CC(DL2CC), the maximum number is two. This
+TDD parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
Carrier GUI Value Range: DL0CC(DL0CC),
Aggrega DL2CC(DL2CC), DL3CC(DL3CC),
tion(LT DL4CC(DL4CC), DL5CC(DL5CC)
E TDD) Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DL0CC, DL2CC, DL3CC,
DL4CC, DL5CC
Default Value: DL0CC(DL0CC)
CaMgtC Relaxed MOD TDLAO Carrier Meaning: Indicates the maximum number of carriers
fg BHCaUl CAMG FD-081 Aggrega that can be aggregated in the uplink for CA in relaxed
MaxCc TCFG 407 tion for backhaul scenarios. Relaxed-backhaul-based CA in
Num LST LAOFD Uplink the uplink is not supported when this parameter is set
CAMG -080201 2CC to 0CC. The maximum number is two when this
TCFG / Inter- parameter is set to 2CC. This parameter needs to be
TDLAO eNodeB configured only for the PCell. This parameter applies
FD-081 CA only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
402 Based GUI Value Range: 0CC(0CC), 2CC(2CC)
on Unit: None
Relaxed
Backhau Actual Value Range: 0CC, 2CC
l Default Value: 0CC(0CC)
Dc3cSwitch(Dc3cSwitch), MultiCarrierFlexCaS-
witch(MultiCarrierFlexCaSwitch), NackDtxIdentify-
Switch(NackDtxIdentifySwitch),
CaDl2CCExtSwitch(CaDl2CCExtSwitch),
CaDl3CCExtSwitch(CaDl3CCExtSwitch),
VolteSupportCaInterFreqMeasSw(VolteSupportCaIn-
terFreqMeasSw)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: CaDl3CCSwitch,
CaUl2CCSwitch, CaDl4CCSwitch,
InterFddTddCaSwitch, 2CCDlCaEnhanceSwitch,
CaDl5CCSwitch, CaInstantlyJudgeSwitch,
LaaCaDlSwitch, FddTddCaUlServiceFirstSwitch,
RcvA2CfgSccSwitch, Dc3cSwitch, MultiCarrierFlex-
CaSwitch, NackDtxIdentifySwitch,
CaDl2CCExtSwitch, CaDl3CCExtSwitch,
VolteSupportCaInterFreqMeasSw
Default Value: CaDl3CCSwitch:Off,
CaUl2CCSwitch:Off, CaDl4CCSwitch:Off,
InterFddTddCaSwitch:Off,
2CCDlCaEnhanceSwitch:Off, CaDl5CCSwitch:Off,
CaInstantlyJudgeSwitch:Off, LaaCaDlSwitch:Off,
FddTddCaUlServiceFirstSwitch:Off,
RcvA2CfgSccSwitch:Off, Dc3cSwitch:Off,
MultiCarrierFlexCaSwitch:Off, NackDtxIdentify-
Switch:Off, CaDl2CCExtSwitch:Off,
CaDl3CCExtSwitch:Off, VolteSupportCaInterFreq-
MeasSw:Off
CaGrou SpidGrp ADD TDLOF Camp & Meaning: Indicates the ID of an SPID group. If this
pSCellC Id CAGRO D-00105 Handov parameter is set to a value ranging from 0 to 255, the
fg UPSCE 401 er Based candidate SCell cannot be configured as an SCell for
LLCFG TDLOF on SPID UEs in this SPID group. If this parameter is set to
MOD D-00105 UL Pre- 65535, this cell can be configured as an SCell for
CAGRO 9 allocatio these UEs. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD
UPSCE n Based and LTE TDD.
TDLAO
LLCFG FD-001 on SPID GUI Value Range: 0~255,65535
LST 002 Carrier Unit: None
CAGRO TDLAO Aggrega Actual Value Range: 0~255,65535
UPSCE FD-001 tion for
LLCFG Downlin Default Value: 65535
00102
k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-001 40MHz
00111
Support
TDLAO of UE
FD-110 Categor
401 y6
MRFD- Intra-
101222 band
MRFD- Carrier
101231 Aggrega
tion for
LAOFD
Downlin
-001001
k 2CC
LAOFD in
-001001 30MHz
01
Inter-
LAOFD eNodeB
-001001 CA
02 Based
LAOFD on
-001002 Coordin
ated
LAOFD
BBU
-070201
/ FDD
TDLAO +TDD
FD-070 Downlin
201 k
Carrier
Aggrega
tion(LT
E FDD)
FDD
+TDD
Downlin
k
Carrier
Aggrega
tion(LT
E TDD)
LTE-A
Introduc
tion
Intra-
Band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
20MHz
Inter-
Band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
20MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
40MHz
Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
SccFreq SpidGrp ADD TDLOF Camp & Meaning: Indicates the ID of an SPID group. If this
Cfg Id SCCFR D-00105 Handov parameter is set to a value within the range of 0 to
EQCFG 401 er Based 255, the eNodeB does not configure this candidate
MOD TDLOF on SPID SCC as an SCC for UEs whose SPIDs are included in
SCCFR D-00105 UL Pre- this group. If this parameter is set to 65535, SCCs are
EQCFG 9 allocatio normally configured for UEs. This parameter applies
n Based only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
LST TDLAO
SCCFR FD-001 on SPID GUI Value Range: 0~255,65535
EQCFG 002 Carrier Unit: None
TDLAO Aggrega Actual Value Range: 0~255,65535
FD-001 tion for
Downlin Default Value: 65535
00102
k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-070 40MHz
201
Support
TDLAO of UE
FD-001 Categor
00111 y6
MRFD- CA for
101231 Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-110 From
401 Multiple
Carriers
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
Based
on
Coordin
ated
BBU
FDD
+TDD
Carrier
Aggrega
tion
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
40MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
60MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
CaMgtC Enhance MOD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the RSRP threshold of event A1
fg dSccSel CAMG -001001 Band related to A1-based enhanced SCell selection. A1-
A1Thld TCFG 01 Carrier based enhanced SCell selection is disabled if this
Rsrp LST LAOFD Aggrega parameter is set to -40. Event A1 is reported if the
CAMG -001001 tion for measured RSRP value exceeds the threshold. This
TCFG 02 Downlin parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
k 2CC GUI Value Range: -140~-43,-40
LAOFD in
-001002 20MHz Unit: dBm
01 / Actual Value Range: -140~-43,-40
TDLAO Inter-
FD-001 Band Default Value: -40
00201 Carrier
Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-001002 Downlin
02 / k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-001 20MHz
00102
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
/ Categor
TDLAO y6
FD-110
401 Flexible
CA
TDLAO from
FD-001 Multiple
00111 Carriers
LAOFD Inter-
-080202 eNodeB
/ CA
TDLAO based on
FD-081 Coordin
407 ated
LAOFD BBU
-080201 Intra-
/ band
TDLAO Carrier
FD-081 Aggrega
402 tion for
Downlin
LAOFD k 2CC
-080207 in
LAOFD 30MHz
-080208 Carrier
TDLAO Aggrega
FD-081 tion for
405 Uplink
2CC
LEOFD-
110303 Inter-
eNodeB
MRFD- CA
101222/ based on
MRFD- relaxed
101231 backhau
MRFD- l
111222/ Carrier
MRFD- Aggrega
111232 tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
40MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
60MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 4CC
and 5CC
FDD
+TDD
Downlin
k
Carrier
Aggrega
tion
FDD
+TDD
Uplink
Carrier
Aggrega
tion
CaMgtC FastScel MOD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates whether to start SCell selection
fg lSelAftS CAMG -001001 Band immediately after all SCells of a UE are removed
cellRmv TCFG 01 Carrier based on coverage. The immediate selection is
Sw LST LAOFD Aggrega enabled only if this parameter is set to ON. This
CAMG -001001 tion for parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
TCFG 02 Downlin GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
k 2CC
LAOFD in Unit: None
-001002 20MHz Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
01 /
TDLAO Inter- Default Value: OFF(Off)
FD-001 Band
00201 Carrier
Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-001002 Downlin
02 / k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-001 20MHz
00102
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
/ Categor
TDLAO y6
FD-110
401 Flexible
CA
TDLAO from
FD-001 Multiple
00111 Carriers
LAOFD Inter-
-080202 eNodeB
/ CA
TDLAO based on
FD-081 Coordin
407 ated
LAOFD BBU
-080201 Intra-
/ band
TDLAO Carrier
FD-081 Aggrega
402 tion for
Downlin
LAOFD k 2CC
-080207 in
LAOFD 30MHz
-080208 Carrier
TDLAO Aggrega
FD-081 tion for
405 Uplink
2CC
LEOFD-
110303 Inter-
eNodeB
MRFD- CA
101222/ based on
MRFD- relaxed
101231 backhau
MRFD- l
111222/ Carrier
MRFD- Aggrega
111232 tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
40MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
60MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 4CC
and 5CC
FDD
+TDD
Downlin
k
Carrier
Aggrega
tion
FDD
+TDD
Uplink
Carrier
Aggrega
tion
EutranIn InterFre ADD LOFD-0 Intra- Meaning: Indicates the event to trigger coverage-
terNFre qHoEve EUTRA 01032 / LTE based inter-frequency handovers. This parameter can
q ntType NINTE TDLOF Load be set to EventA3, EventA4, or EventA5. If the
RNFRE D-00103 Balancin neighboring E-UTRAN frequency and the serving
Q 2 g frequency are in the same frequency band, event A3 is
MOD LOFD-0 Intra- recommended as it provides better handover
EUTRA 70215 / LTE performance in this situation. If the neighboring E-
NINTE TDLOF User UTRAN frequency and the serving frequency are in
RNFRE D-07021 Number different frequency bands, event A4 or A5 is used.
Q 5 Load This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
Balancin TDD.
LST LOFD-0
EUTRA 70204 g GUI Value Range: EventA3(EventA3),
NINTE Operator EventA4(EventA4), EventA5(EventA5)
LBFD-0
RNFRE 0201802 Load Unit: None
Q / Based Actual Value Range: EventA3, EventA4, EventA5
TDLBF Intra-
LTE Default Value: EventA4(EventA4)
D-00201
802 MLB
Coverag
e Based
Inter-
frequenc
y
Handov
er
EutranIn CellIndi ADD LBFD-0 Coverag Meaning: Indicates the cell individual offset for the
terFreq vidualOf EUTRA 0201802 e Based inter-frequency neighboring cell. It affects the
NCell fset NINTE / Inter- probability of triggering inter-frequency measurement
RFREQ TDLBF frequenc reports. A larger value of this parameter indicates a
NCELL D-00201 y higher probability. For details, see 3GPP TS 36.331.
MOD 802 Distance This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
EUTRA LBFD-0 Based TDD.
NINTE 0201804 Inter- GUI Value Range: dB-24(-24dB), dB-22(-22dB),
RFREQ / frequenc dB-20(-20dB), dB-18(-18dB), dB-16(-16dB),
NCELL TDLBF y dB-14(-14dB), dB-12(-12dB), dB-10(-10dB),
LST D-00201 Handov dB-8(-8dB), dB-6(-6dB), dB-5(-5dB), dB-4(-4dB),
EUTRA 804 er dB-3(-3dB), dB-2(-2dB), dB-1(-1dB), dB0(0dB),
NINTE LBFD-0 Service dB1(1dB), dB2(2dB), dB3(3dB), dB4(4dB),
RFREQ 0201805 Based dB5(5dB), dB6(6dB), dB8(8dB), dB10(10dB),
NCELL / Inter- dB12(12dB), dB14(14dB), dB16(16dB), dB18(18dB),
TDLBF frequenc dB20(20dB), dB22(22dB), dB24(24dB)
D-00201 y Unit: dB
805 Handov Actual Value Range: dB-24, dB-22, dB-20, dB-18,
er dB-16, dB-14, dB-12, dB-10, dB-8, dB-6, dB-5, dB-4,
dB-3, dB-2, dB-1, dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3, dB4, dB5,
dB6, dB8, dB10, dB12, dB14, dB16, dB18, dB20,
dB22, dB24
Default Value: dB0(0dB)
Cell CellSpe ADD LBFD-0 Coverag Meaning: Indicates the cell specific offset for the
cificOffs CELL 0201801 e Based serving cell. It affects the probability of triggering
et MOD / Intra- handovers from the serving cell to its neighboring
CELL TDLBF frequenc cells. A smaller value of this parameter leads to a
D-00201 y higher probability. For details, see 3GPP TS 36.331.
LST 801 Handov This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
CELL er TDD.
TDLBF
D-00201 Mobility GUI Value Range: dB-24(-24dB), dB-22(-22dB),
8/ Manage dB-20(-20dB), dB-18(-18dB), dB-16(-16dB),
LBFD-0 ment dB-14(-14dB), dB-12(-12dB), dB-10(-10dB),
02018 Coverag dB-8(-8dB), dB-6(-6dB), dB-5(-5dB), dB-4(-4dB),
TDLBF e Based dB-3(-3dB), dB-2(-2dB), dB-1(-1dB), dB0(0dB),
D-00201 Inter- dB1(1dB), dB2(2dB), dB3(3dB), dB4(4dB),
802 / frequenc dB5(5dB), dB6(6dB), dB8(8dB), dB10(10dB),
LBFD-0 y dB12(12dB), dB14(14dB), dB16(16dB), dB18(18dB),
0201802 Handov dB20(20dB), dB22(22dB), dB24(24dB)
er Unit: dB
TDLBF
D-00201 Distance Actual Value Range: dB-24, dB-22, dB-20, dB-18,
804 / Based dB-16, dB-14, dB-12, dB-10, dB-8, dB-6, dB-5, dB-4,
LBFD-0 Inter- dB-3, dB-2, dB-1, dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3, dB4, dB5,
0201804 frequenc dB6, dB8, dB10, dB12, dB14, dB16, dB18, dB20,
y dB22, dB24
TDLBF
Handov Default Value: dB0(0dB)
D-00201
er
805 /
LBFD-0 Service
0201805 Based
Inter-
TDLOF
frequenc
D-00101
y
9/
Handov
LOFD-0
er
01019
PS Inter-
TDLOF RAT
D-00104 Mobility
3/ between
LOFD-0 E-
01043 UTRAN
TDLOF and
D-00107 UTRAN
2/ Service
LOFD-0 based
01072 Inter-
TDLOF RAT
D-00102 handove
0/ r to
LOFD-0 UTRAN
01020
TDLOF Distance
D-00104 based
6/ Inter-
LOFD-0 RAT
01046 handove
TDLOF r to
D-00107 UTRAN
3/ PS Inter-
LOFD-0 RAT
01073 Mobility
between
E-
UTRAN
and
GERAN
Service
based
Inter-
RAT
handove
r to
GERAN
Distance
based
Inter-
RAT
handove
r to
GERAN
CaMgtC CarrAgg MOD TDLAO Intra- Meaning: Indicates the offset for CA event A6. This
fg rA6Offs CAMG FD-001 band offset is the difference between the quality of a
et TCFG 00111 Carrier neighboring cell and that of an SCell. A larger value
LST TDLAO Aggrega indicates that a neighboring cell must have a better
CAMG FD-001 tion for quality than the SCell before event A6 can be
TCFG 002 Downlin reported. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD
k 2CC and LTE TDD.
TDLAO in
FD-001 GUI Value Range: -30~30
30MHz
00102 Unit: 0.5dB
Carrier
TDLAO Aggrega Actual Value Range: -15~15
FD-070 tion for Default Value: 2
201 Downlin
LAOFD k 2CC
-001001 in
01 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-001001 for UE
02 Categor
LAOFD y6
-001002 Flexible
01 CA
LAOFD from
-001002 Multiple
02 Carriers
LAOFD Intra-
-070201 Band
Carrier
LAOFD
Aggrega
-070202
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
20MHz
Inter-
Band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
20MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
40MHz
Support
of UE
Categor
y6
Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
CellMcP TimetoT MOD TDLBF Downlin Meaning: Indicates the time-to-trigger for reporting
ara rigger CELLM D-00202 k Static event A3 or A6. When detecting that the signal quality
CPARA 201 Inter- in the serving cell and that in at least one neighboring
LST TDLBF Cell cell meet the entering condition, the UE does not
CELLM D-00202 Interfere report the event to the eNodeB immediately. Instead,
CPARA 202 nce the UE reports the event only when the signal quality
Coordin continuously meets the entering condition during the
LOFD-0 ation time-to-trigger. This parameter applies only to LTE
01066/ FDD and LTE TDD.
TDLOF Uplink
D-00106 Static GUI Value Range: 0ms(0ms), 40ms(40ms),
6 Inter- 64ms(64ms), 80ms(80ms), 100ms(100ms),
Cell 128ms(128ms), 160ms(160ms), 256ms(256ms),
LOFD-0 Interfere 320ms(320ms), 480ms(480ms), 512ms(512ms),
60201 nce 640ms(640ms), 1024ms(1024ms), 1280ms(1280ms),
Coordin 2560ms(2560ms), 5120ms(5120ms)
ation Unit: ms
Intra- Actual Value Range: 0ms, 40ms, 64ms, 80ms, 100ms,
eNodeB 128ms, 160ms, 256ms, 320ms, 480ms, 512ms, 640ms,
UL 1024ms, 1280ms, 2560ms, 5120ms
CoMP
Default Value: 640ms(640ms)
Adaptiv
e Inter-
Cell
Interfere
nce
Coordin
ation
Cdma1xRttSrvccSwitch(Cdma1xRttSrvccSwitch),
UtranRedirectSwitch(UtranRedirectSwitch),
GeranRedirectSwitch(GeranRedirectSwitch),
CdmaHrpdRedirectSwitch(CdmaHrpdRedirectS-
witch),
Cdma1xRttRedirectSwitch(Cdma1xRttRedirectSwitch
), BlindHoSwitch(BlindHoSwitch),
LcsSrvccSwitch(LcsSrvccSwitch),
AutoGapSwitch(AutoGapSwitch),
UeVoipOnHspaCapSwitch(UeVoipOnHspaCapS-
witch),
UtranFddB1CapSwitch(UtranFddB1CapSwitch),
CdmaHrpdNonOptMeaHoS-
witch(CdmaHrpdNonOptMeaHoSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UtranVoipCapSwitch,
Cdma1xRttVoipCapSwitch, UtranPsHoSwitch,
GeranPsHoSwitch, CdmaHrpdNonOptimisedHoS-
witch, CdmaHrpdOptimisedHoSwitch,
GeranNaccSwitch, GeranCcoSwitch,
UtranSrvccSwitch, GeranSrvccSwitch,
Cdma1xRttSrvccSwitch, UtranRedirectSwitch,
GeranRedirectSwitch, CdmaHrpdRedirectSwitch,
Cdma1xRttRedirectSwitch, BlindHoSwitch,
LcsSrvccSwitch, AutoGapSwitch,
UeVoipOnHspaCapSwitch, UtranFddB1CapSwitch,
CdmaHrpdNonOptMeaHoSwitch
Default Value: UtranVoipCapSwitch:Off,
Cdma1xRttVoipCapSwitch:Off,
UtranPsHoSwitch:Off, GeranPsHoSwitch:Off,
CdmaHrpdNonOptimisedHoSwitch:Off,
CdmaHrpdOptimisedHoSwitch:Off,
GeranNaccSwitch:Off, GeranCcoSwitch:Off,
UtranSrvccSwitch:Off, GeranSrvccSwitch:Off,
Cdma1xRttSrvccSwitch:Off,
UtranRedirectSwitch:Off, GeranRedirectSwitch:Off,
CdmaHrpdRedirectSwitch:Off,
Cdma1xRttRedirectSwitch:Off, BlindHoSwitch:Off,
LcsSrvccSwitch:Off, AutoGapSwitch:Off,
UeVoipOnHspaCapSwitch:Off,
UtranFddB1CapSwitch:Off, CdmaHrpdNonOptMea-
HoSwitch:Off
SccFreq SccPrior ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the priority with which the
Cfg ity SCCFR -001001 Band candidate SCC works as an SCC for that PCC. A
EQCFG 01 Carrier smaller value of this parameter indicates a lower
MOD LAOFD Aggrega priority, and a larger value indicates a higher priority.
SCCFR -001001 tion for This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
EQCFG 02 Downlin TDD.
k 2CC GUI Value Range: 1~7
LST LAOFD in
SCCFR -001002 20MHz Unit: None
EQCFG 01 Actual Value Range: 1~7
Inter-
LAOFD Band Default Value: 1
-001002 Carrier
02 Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-070201 Downlin
/ k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-070 20MHz
201 Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070202 tion for
TDLAO Downlin
FD-110 k 2CC
401 in
40MHz
Support
of UE
Categor
y6
Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
EutranIn OverlapI ADD LOFD-0 Intra- Meaning: Indicates whether the neighboring cell is
terFreq nd EUTRA 01032 / LTE identified as a neighboring cell overlapping the local
NCell NINTE TDLOF Load E-UTRAN cell. The default value is NO. The
RFREQ D-00103 Balancin parameter value YES indicates that the neighboring
NCELL 2 g cell is identified as a neighboring cell overlapping the
MOD LOFD-0 Automat local E-UTRAN cell. The parameter value NO
EUTRA 02001 / ic indicates that the neighboring cell is not identified as a
NINTE TDLOF Neighbo neighboring cell overlapping the local E-UTRAN cell.
RFREQ D-00200 ur This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
NCELL 1 Relation TDD.
DSP LOFD-0 (ANR) GUI Value Range: NO(NO), YES(YES)
EUTRA 70215 Intra- Unit: None
NEXTE LTE Actual Value Range: NO, YES
NDEDN User
CELL Number Default Value: NO(NO)
DSP Load
EUTRA Balancin
NINTE g
RFREQ
NCELL
LST
EUTRA
NINTE
RFREQ
NCELL
ated
BBU
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
CellML InterFre MOD LOFD-0 Intra- Meaning: Indicates the threshold of the number of
B qMlbUe CELLM 70215 / LTE synchronized UEs for triggering inter-frequency load
NumTh LB TDLOF User balancing. When the MlbTriggerMode parameter is
d LST D-07021 Number set to UE_NUMBER_ONLY(UeNumMode) or
CELLM 5 Load PRB_OR_UE_NUMBER(PrbOrUeNumMode), inter-
LB Balancin frequency load balancing is triggered if the number of
g synchronized UEs in the cell is greater than or equal
to the sum of the InterFreqMlbUeNumThd and
MlbUeNumOffset parameter values. Inter-frequency
load balancing stops if the number of synchronized
UEs in the cell is less than the
InterFreqMlbUeNumThd parameter value. This
parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: 1~10000
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1~10000
Default Value: 100
CellML InterFrq MOD LOFD-0 Intra- Meaning: Indicates the UL-synchronized UE number
B UeNum CELLM 01032 / LTE threshold used for transferring UEs to neighboring
Offload LB TDLOF Load cells with which the source cell does not exchange
Offset LST D-00103 Balancin load information during inter-frequency MLB.
CELLM 2 g Consider that the MlbTriggerMode parameter is set to
LB LOFD-0 Operator UE_NUMBER_ONLY(UeNumMode) or
70204 Load PRB_OR_UE_NUMBER(PrbOrUeNumMode). If the
Based number of UL-synchronized UEs in the source cell is
LOFD-0 greater than or equal to the sum of the
70215 / Intra-
LTE InterFreqMlbUeNumThd parameter value and the
TDLOF InterFrqUeNumOffloadOffset parameter value,
D-07021 MLB
neighboring cells with which the source cell does not
5 Intra- exchange load information can be selected as the
LTE target cells for MLB, and the source cell rejects
User incoming load-based handover requests. If the number
Number of UL-synchronized UEs in the source cell is less than
Load the value calculated by the InterFreqMlbUeNumThd
Balancin parameter value plus the InterFrqUeNumOffloadOff-
g set parameter value and then minus the LoadOffset
parameter value, the source cell allows incoming load-
based handovers. This parameter applies only to LTE
FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: 0~10000
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~10000
Default Value: 0
CaMgtC Relaxed MOD LAOFD Inter- Meaning: Indicates the maximum number of carriers
fg Backhau CAMG -080201 eNodeB that can be aggregated in relaxed backhaul scenarios.
lCaMax TCFG / CA This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
CcNum LST TDLAO Based TDD.
CAMG FD-081 on GUI Value Range: 2CC(2CC), 3CC(3CC), 4CC(4CC),
TCFG 402 Relaxed 5CC(5CC)
Backhau
l Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 2CC, 3CC, 4CC, 5CC
Default Value: 2CC(2CC)
CqiAda SimulAc MOD TDLBF AMC Meaning: Indicates whether CQI and ACK/NACK
ptiveCfg kNackA CQIAD D-00100 CQI can be simultaneously transmitted over the PUCCH of
ndCqiF APTIVE 6 Adjustm format 3. For details about PUCCH format 3, see
mt3Sw CFG LBFD-0 ent 3GPP TS 36.213. When this parameter is set to OFF,
LST 0101501 simultaneous transmission is not allowed. When this
Enhance parameter is set to ON, the IE takes the value "True",
CQIAD / d
APTIVE TDLBF meaning that the simultaneous transmission is
Scheduli allowed. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and
CFG D-00101 ng
501 LTE TDD.
LBFD-0 GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
01015 / Unit: None
TDLBF
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
D-00101
5 Default Value: OFF(Off)
CaMgtC FddTdd MOD MRFD- FDD Meaning: Indicates the maximum number of FDD and
fg CaDlMa CAMG 101222 +TDD TDD component carriers that can be aggregated in the
xCcNu TCFG MRFD- Downlin downlink. If this parameter is set to 2CC(2CC), the
m LST 101231 k maximum number is two. This parameter applies only
CAMG Carrier to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
TCFG Aggrega GUI Value Range: 2CC(2CC), 3CC(3CC), 4CC(4CC),
tion(LT 5CC(5CC)
E FDD)
Unit: None
FDD
+TDD Actual Value Range: 2CC, 3CC, 4CC, 5CC
Downlin Default Value: 2CC(2CC)
k
Carrier
Aggrega
tion(LT
E TDD)
Cell Subfram ADD LBFD-0 Broadca Meaning: Indicates the ratio of UL subframes to DL
eAssign CELL 02009 / st of subframes in a TDD cell. For details, see 3GPP TS
ment MOD TDLBF system 36.211. This parameter applies only to LTE TDD.
CELL D-00200 informat GUI Value Range: SA0(SA0), SA1(SA1), SA2(SA2),
9 ion SA3(SA3), SA4(SA4), SA5(SA5), SA6(SA6),
LST
CELL TDLBF Basic NULL(NULL)
D-00100 uplink- Unit: None
7 downlin
k Actual Value Range: SA0, SA1, SA2, SA3, SA4,
TDLBF SA5, SA6, NULL
D-00100 subfram
701 e Default Value: SA0(SA0)
configur
TDLBF ation
D-00100
702 uplink-
downlin
TDLOF k
D-00102 subfram
6 e
TDLOF configur
D-00102 ation
601 type1&2
TDLOF uplink-
D-00102 downlin
602 k special
TDLOF subfram
D-00102 e
603 configur
ation
type 7
Optional
uplink-
downlin
k
subfram
e
configur
ation
uplink-
downlin
k
subfram
e
configur
ation
type 0
uplink-
downlin
k special
subfram
e
configur
ation
type 4
uplink-
downlin
k special
subfram
e
configur
ation
type 5
CaMgtC FddTdd MOD MRFD- FDD Meaning: Indicates the maximum number of FDD and
fg CaUlMa CAMG 101222 +TDD TDD component carriers that can be aggregated in the
xCcNu TCFG MRFD- Downlin uplink. FDD+TDD CA in the uplink is not supported
m LST 101231 k when this parameter is set to 0CC. If this parameter is
CAMG Carrier set to 2CC(2CC), the maximum number is two. This
MRFD- Aggrega parameter must be configured only for the PCell. This
TCFG 111222 tion(LT parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
MRFD- E FDD) GUI Value Range: 0CC(0CC), 2CC(2CC)
111232 FDD Unit: None
+TDD
Downlin Actual Value Range: 0CC, 2CC
k Default Value: 0CC(0CC)
Carrier
Aggrega
tion(LT
E TDD)
FDD
+TDD
Uplink
Carrier
Aggrega
tion(LT
E FDD)
FDD
+TDD
Uplink
Carrier
Aggrega
tion(LT
E TDD)
PrivateC PrivateC ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the ID of the private CA band
aBandC aCombI PRIVAT -001001 Band combination. It uniquely identifies a private CA band
omb d ECABA 01 Carrier combination within an eNodeB. This parameter
NDCO LAOFD Aggrega applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
MB -001001 tion for GUI Value Range: 0~31
DSP 02 Downlin
k 2CC Unit: None
PRIVAT LAOFD
ECABA in Actual Value Range: 0~31
-001002 20MHz
NDCO 01 / Default Value: None
MB TDLAO Inter-
LST FD-001 Band
PRIVAT 002 Carrier
ECABA Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
NDCO -001002
MB Downlin
02 / k 2CC
MOD TDLAO in
PRIVAT FD-001 20MHz
ECABA 00202
NDCO Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
MB -070201 tion for
RMV / Downlin
PRIVAT TDLAO k 2CC
ECABA FD-070 in
NDCO 201 40MHz
MB LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-001 y6
00111 Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
PrivateC MaxAgg ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the maximum aggregated
aBandC regated PRIVAT -001001 Band bandwidth supported by the CA band combination.
omb Bw ECABA 01 Carrier This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
NDCO LAOFD Aggrega TDD.
MB -001001 tion for GUI Value Range: 20~300
MOD 02 Downlin
k 2CC Unit: MHz
PRIVAT LAOFD
ECABA in Actual Value Range: 20~300
-001002 20MHz
NDCO 01 / Default Value: None
MB TDLAO Inter-
DSP FD-001 Band
PRIVAT 002 Carrier
ECABA Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
NDCO -001002
MB Downlin
02 / k 2CC
LST TDLAO in
PRIVAT FD-001 20MHz
ECABA 00202
NDCO Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
MB -070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-001 y6
00111 Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
k 2CC
in
30MHz
PrivateC CombBa ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates band 1. For details, see 3GPP TS
aBandC nd1Id PRIVAT -001001 Band 36.101. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and
omb ECABA 01 Carrier LTE TDD.
NDCO LAOFD Aggrega GUI Value Range: 1~256
MB -001001 tion for
Downlin Unit: None
MOD 02
PRIVAT k 2CC Actual Value Range: 1~256
LAOFD in
ECABA -001002 Default Value: 1
NDCO 20MHz
01 /
MB TDLAO Inter-
DSP FD-001 Band
PRIVAT 002 Carrier
ECABA Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
NDCO -001002
MB Downlin
02 / k 2CC
LST TDLAO in
PRIVAT FD-001 20MHz
ECABA 00202
NDCO Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
MB -070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-001 y6
00111 Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
PrivateC CombBa ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates band 2. For details, see 3GPP TS
aBandC nd2Id PRIVAT -001001 Band 36.101. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and
omb ECABA 01 Carrier LTE TDD.
NDCO LAOFD Aggrega GUI Value Range: 1~256
MB -001001 tion for
Downlin Unit: None
MOD 02
PRIVAT k 2CC Actual Value Range: 1~256
LAOFD in
ECABA -001002 Default Value: 1
NDCO 20MHz
01 /
MB TDLAO Inter-
DSP FD-001 Band
PRIVAT 002 Carrier
ECABA Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
NDCO -001002
MB Downlin
02 / k 2CC
LST TDLAO in
PRIVAT FD-001 20MHz
ECABA 00202
NDCO Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
MB -070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-001 y6
00111 Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
PrivateC CombBa ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates band 3. For details, see 3GPP TS
aBandC nd3Id PRIVAT -001001 Band 36.101. If the value is 0, band 3 is invalid. This
omb ECABA 01 Carrier parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
NDCO LAOFD Aggrega GUI Value Range: 0~256
MB -001001 tion for
Downlin Unit: None
MOD 02
PRIVAT k 2CC Actual Value Range: 0~256
LAOFD in
ECABA -001002 Default Value: 0
NDCO 20MHz
01 /
MB TDLAO Inter-
DSP FD-001 Band
PRIVAT 002 Carrier
ECABA Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
NDCO -001002
MB Downlin
02 / k 2CC
LST TDLAO in
PRIVAT FD-001 20MHz
ECABA 00202
NDCO Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
MB -070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-001 y6
00111 Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
PrivateC CombBa ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates band 4. For details, see 3GPP TS
aBandC nd4Id PRIVAT -001001 Band 36.101. If the value is 0, band 4 is invalid. This
omb ECABA 01 Carrier parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
NDCO LAOFD Aggrega GUI Value Range: 0~256
MB -001001 tion for
Downlin Unit: None
MOD 02
PRIVAT k 2CC Actual Value Range: 0~256
LAOFD in
ECABA -001002 Default Value: 0
NDCO 20MHz
01 /
MB TDLAO Inter-
DSP FD-001 Band
PRIVAT 002 Carrier
ECABA Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
NDCO -001002
MB Downlin
02 / k 2CC
LST TDLAO in
PRIVAT FD-001 20MHz
ECABA 00202
NDCO Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
MB -070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-001 y6
00111 Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
PrivateC CombBa ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates band 5. For details, see 3GPP TS
aBandC nd5Id PRIVAT -110201 Aggrega 36.101. If the value is 0, band 5 is invalid. This
omb ECABA LAOFD tion for parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
NDCO -001001 Downlin GUI Value Range: 0~256
MB k 4CC
and 5CC Unit: None
MOD
PRIVAT LTE-A Actual Value Range: 0~256
ECABA Introduc Default Value: 0
NDCO tion
MB
DSP
PRIVAT
ECABA
NDCO
MB
LST
PRIVAT
ECABA
NDCO
MB
PrivateC CombBa ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the bandwidth combination of
aBandC nd1Bw PRIVAT -001001 Band band 1. If a bandwidth is selected, the carrier with the
omb ECABA 01 Carrier corresponding bandwidth in band 1 is supported in the
NDCO LAOFD Aggrega private CA band combination. Selected bandwidths
MB -001001 tion for must be identical to configured cell bandwidths.
MOD 02 Downlin Otherwise, the eNodeB may mistakenly determine
PRIVAT k 2CC that a bandwidth that a UE does not support is
LAOFD in supported in the private CA band combination,
ECABA -001002
NDCO 20MHz causing CA configuration failures. This parameter
01 / applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
MB TDLAO Inter-
DSP FD-001 Band GUI Value Range: Bandwidth_1_4M(1.4M),
PRIVAT 002 Carrier Bandwidth_3M(3M), Bandwidth_5M(5M),
ECABA Aggrega Bandwidth_10M(10M), Bandwidth_15M(15M),
LAOFD tion for Bandwidth_20M(20M)
NDCO -001002
MB Downlin Unit: None
02 / k 2CC
LST TDLAO in Actual Value Range: Bandwidth_1_4M,
PRIVAT FD-001 20MHz Bandwidth_3M, Bandwidth_5M, Bandwidth_10M,
ECABA 00202 Bandwidth_15M, Bandwidth_20M
NDCO Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega Default Value: Bandwidth_1_4M:On,
MB -070201 Bandwidth_3M:Off, Bandwidth_5M:Off,
tion for
/ Downlin Bandwidth_10M:Off, Bandwidth_15M:Off,
TDLAO k 2CC Bandwidth_20M:Off
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-001 y6
00111 Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
PrivateC CombBa ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the bandwidth combination of
aBandC nd2Bw PRIVAT -001001 Band band 2. If a bandwidth is selected, the carrier with the
omb ECABA 01 Carrier corresponding bandwidth in band 2 is supported in the
NDCO LAOFD Aggrega private CA band combination. Selected bandwidths
MB -001001 tion for must be identical to configured cell bandwidths.
MOD 02 Downlin Otherwise, the eNodeB may mistakenly determine
PRIVAT k 2CC that a bandwidth that a UE does not support is
LAOFD in supported in the private CA band combination,
ECABA -001002
NDCO 20MHz causing CA configuration failures. This parameter
01 / applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
MB TDLAO Inter-
DSP FD-001 Band GUI Value Range: Bandwidth_1_4M(1.4M),
PRIVAT 002 Carrier Bandwidth_3M(3M), Bandwidth_5M(5M),
ECABA Aggrega Bandwidth_10M(10M), Bandwidth_15M(15M),
LAOFD tion for Bandwidth_20M(20M)
NDCO -001002
MB Downlin Unit: None
02 / k 2CC
LST TDLAO in Actual Value Range: Bandwidth_1_4M,
PRIVAT FD-001 20MHz Bandwidth_3M, Bandwidth_5M, Bandwidth_10M,
ECABA 00202 Bandwidth_15M, Bandwidth_20M
NDCO Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega Default Value: Bandwidth_1_4M:On,
MB -070201 Bandwidth_3M:Off, Bandwidth_5M:Off,
tion for
/ Downlin Bandwidth_10M:Off, Bandwidth_15M:Off,
TDLAO k 2CC Bandwidth_20M:Off
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-001 y6
00111 Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
PrivateC CombBa ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the bandwidth combination of
aBandC nd3Bw PRIVAT -001001 Band band 3. If a bandwidth is selected, the carrier with the
omb ECABA 01 Carrier corresponding bandwidth in band 3 is supported in the
NDCO LAOFD Aggrega private CA band combination. Selected bandwidths
MB -001001 tion for must be identical to configured cell bandwidths.
MOD 02 Downlin Otherwise, the eNodeB may mistakenly determine
PRIVAT k 2CC that a bandwidth that a UE does not support is
LAOFD in supported in the private CA band combination,
ECABA -001002
NDCO 20MHz causing CA configuration failures. This parameter
01 / applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
MB TDLAO Inter-
DSP FD-001 Band GUI Value Range: Bandwidth_1_4M(1.4M),
PRIVAT 002 Carrier Bandwidth_3M(3M), Bandwidth_5M(5M),
ECABA Aggrega Bandwidth_10M(10M), Bandwidth_15M(15M),
LAOFD tion for Bandwidth_20M(20M)
NDCO -001002
MB Downlin Unit: None
02 / k 2CC
LST TDLAO in Actual Value Range: Bandwidth_1_4M,
PRIVAT FD-001 20MHz Bandwidth_3M, Bandwidth_5M, Bandwidth_10M,
ECABA 00202 Bandwidth_15M, Bandwidth_20M
NDCO Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega Default Value: Bandwidth_1_4M:Off,
MB -070201 Bandwidth_3M:Off, Bandwidth_5M:Off,
tion for
/ Downlin Bandwidth_10M:Off, Bandwidth_15M:Off,
TDLAO k 2CC Bandwidth_20M:Off
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-001 y6
00111 Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
PrivateC CombBa ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the bandwidth combination of
aBandC nd4Bw PRIVAT -001001 Band band 4. If a bandwidth is selected, the carrier with the
omb ECABA 01 Carrier corresponding bandwidth in band 4 is supported in the
NDCO LAOFD Aggrega private CA band combination. Selected bandwidths
MB -001001 tion for must be identical to configured cell bandwidths.
MOD 02 Downlin Otherwise, the eNodeB may mistakenly determine
PRIVAT k 2CC that a bandwidth that a UE does not support is
LAOFD in supported in the private CA band combination,
ECABA -001002
NDCO 20MHz causing CA configuration failures. This parameter
01 / applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
MB TDLAO Inter-
DSP FD-001 Band GUI Value Range: Bandwidth_1_4M(1.4M),
PRIVAT 002 Carrier Bandwidth_3M(3M), Bandwidth_5M(5M),
ECABA Aggrega Bandwidth_10M(10M), Bandwidth_15M(15M),
LAOFD tion for Bandwidth_20M(20M)
NDCO -001002
MB Downlin Unit: None
02 / k 2CC
LST TDLAO in Actual Value Range: Bandwidth_1_4M,
PRIVAT FD-001 20MHz Bandwidth_3M, Bandwidth_5M, Bandwidth_10M,
ECABA 00202 Bandwidth_15M, Bandwidth_20M
NDCO Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega Default Value: Bandwidth_1_4M:Off,
MB -070201 Bandwidth_3M:Off, Bandwidth_5M:Off,
tion for
/ Downlin Bandwidth_10M:Off, Bandwidth_15M:Off,
TDLAO k 2CC Bandwidth_20M:Off
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-001 y6
00111 Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
PrivateC CombBa ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the bandwidth combination of
aBandC nd5Bw PRIVAT -110201 Aggrega band 5. If a bandwidth is selected, the carrier with the
omb ECABA LAOFD tion for corresponding bandwidth in band 5 is supported in the
NDCO -001001 Downlin private CA band combination. Selected bandwidths
MB k 4CC must be identical to configured cell bandwidths.
MOD and 5CC Otherwise, the eNodeB may mistakenly determine
PRIVAT LTE-A that a bandwidth that a UE does not support is
ECABA Introduc supported in the private CA band combination,
NDCO tion causing CA configuration failures. This parameter
MB applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
DSP GUI Value Range: Bandwidth_1_4M(1.4M),
PRIVAT Bandwidth_3M(3M), Bandwidth_5M(5M),
ECABA Bandwidth_10M(10M), Bandwidth_15M(15M),
NDCO Bandwidth_20M(20M)
MB Unit: None
LST Actual Value Range: Bandwidth_1_4M,
PRIVAT Bandwidth_3M, Bandwidth_5M, Bandwidth_10M,
ECABA Bandwidth_15M, Bandwidth_20M
NDCO Default Value: Bandwidth_1_4M:Off,
MB Bandwidth_3M:Off, Bandwidth_5M:Off,
Bandwidth_10M:Off, Bandwidth_15M:Off,
Bandwidth_20M:Off
CaGrou Preferre ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the priority of the cell being
pCell dPCellP CAGRO -001001 Band treated as a PCell. A larger parameter value represents
riority UPCEL 01 Carrier a higher priority level. This parameter is valid only if
L LAOFD Aggrega the IdleModePccAnchorSwitch, PccAnchorSwitch, or
MOD -001001 tion for EnhancedPccAnchorSwitch option of the
CAGRO 02 Downlin CaAlgoSwitch parameter is selected. This parameter
UPCEL k 2CC applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
LAOFD in
L -001002 GUI Value Range: 0~7
20MHz
LST 01 / Unit: None
CAGRO TDLAO Inter-
Band Actual Value Range: 0~7
UPCEL FD-001
L 002 Carrier Default Value: 0
Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-001002 Downlin
02 / k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-001 20MHz
00102
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-110 y6
401 Flexible
TDLAO CA
FD-001 from
00111 Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
PccFreq Preferre ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the PCC priority of a frequency. A
Cfg dPccPri PCCFR -001001 Band small value of this parameter leads to a low PCC
ority EQCFG 01 Carrier priority of a carrier working on the frequency
MOD LAOFD Aggrega specified by the PCCDlEarfcn parameter in the
PCCFR -001001 tion for PccFreqCfg MO for the carrier to be selected as the
EQCFG 02 Downlin PCC for CA UEs. A large value of this parameter
k 2CC leads to a high PCC priority of a carrier working on
LST LAOFD in the frequency specified by the PCCDlEarfcn
PCCFR -001002 20MHz parameter for the carrier to be selected as the PCC for
EQCFG 01 CA UEs. This parameter takes effect when the
Inter-
LAOFD Band IdleModePccAnchorSwitch, PccAnchorSwitch, or
-001002 Carrier EnhancedPccAnchorSwitch option of the
02 Aggrega CaAlgoSwitch parameter is selected. This parameter
LAOFD tion for applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
-070201 Downlin GUI Value Range: 0~7
/ k 2CC Unit: None
TDLAO in
FD-070 20MHz Actual Value Range: 0~7
201 Carrier Default Value: 0
LAOFD Aggrega
-070202 tion for
TDLAO Downlin
FD-110 k 2CC
401 in
40MHz
Support
of UE
Categor
y6
Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
CaMgtC Enhance MOD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the RSRP threshold for event A1
fg dPccAn CAMG -001001 Band used in enhanced PCC anchoring. If the measured
chorA1 TCFG 01 Carrier RSRP value exceeds this threshold, an A1
ThdRsrp LST LAOFD Aggrega measurement report will be sent. This parameter
CAMG -001001 tion for applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
TCFG 02 Downlin GUI Value Range: -140~-43
k 2CC
LAOFD in Unit: dBm
-001002 20MHz Actual Value Range: -140~-43
01 /
TDLAO Inter- Default Value: -85
FD-001 Band
00201 Carrier
Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-001002 Downlin
02 / k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-001 20MHz
00102
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-001 y6
00111 CA for
LAOFD Downlin
-080202 k 2CC
LAOFD From
-080201 Multiple
Carriers
LAOFD
-080207 Inter-
eNodeB
LAOFD CA
-080208 based on
LAOFD Coordin
-090201 ated
eNodeB
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Uplink
2CC
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
relaxed
backhau
l
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
40MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
60MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 4CC
and 5CC
ENodeB FastEnh MOD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates whether the eNodeB starts PCC
AlgoSwi ancePcc ENODE -001001 Band anchoring in the absence of A1 measurement reports
tch AnchorS BALGO 01 Carrier when the EnhancedPccAnchorSwitch option of the
witch SWITC LAOFD Aggrega CaAlgoSwitch parameter is selected. If this parameter
H -001001 tion for is set to ON, the eNodeB instructs UEs to perform A4
LST 02 Downlin measurements for PCC anchoring, without A1
ENODE k 2CC measurements. This parameter applies only to LTE
LAOFD in FDD and LTE TDD.
BALGO -001002
SWITC 20MHz GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
01 /
H TDLAO Inter- Unit: None
FD-001 Band
Carrier Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
00201
Aggrega Default Value: OFF(Off)
LAOFD tion for
-001002 Downlin
02 / k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-001 20MHz
00102
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-001 y6
00111 Flexible
LAOFD CA
-080202 from
LAOFD Multiple
-080201 Carriers
LAOFD Inter-
-080207 eNodeB
CA
LAOFD
based on
-080208
Coordin
LAOFD ated
-110201 eNodeB
MRFD- Intra-
101222 band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Uplink
2CC
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
relaxed
backhau
l
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
40MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
60MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 4CC
and 5CC
FDD
+TDD
Downlin
k
Carrier
Aggrega
tion
Cell HighSpe ADD LOFD-0 High Meaning: Indicates the speed flag of the cell. Set this
edFlag CELL 01007 / Speed parameter to HIGH_SPEED if the cell is used to
MOD TDLOF Mobility provide coverage for a high-speed railway. Set this
CELL D-00100 Ultra parameter to LOW_SPEED in other scenarios. TDD
7 High cells with a bandwidth of 5 MHz or in 8T8R mode can
LST only be configured as low-speed cells. TDD cells
CELL LOFD-0 Speed
01008 / Mobility cannot be configured as ultra-high-speed cells. This
TDLOF parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
D-00100 GUI Value Range: LOW_SPEED(Low speed cell
8 flag), HIGH_SPEED(High speed cell flag),
ULTRA_HIGH_SPEED(Ultra high speed cell flag),
EXTRA_HIGH_SPEED(Extra high speed cell flag)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: LOW_SPEED, HIGH_SPEED,
ULTRA_HIGH_SPEED, EXTRA_HIGH_SPEED
Default Value: LOW_SPEED(Low speed cell flag)
IntraRat InterFre MOD LBFD-0 Coverag Meaning: Indicates the trigger quantity for events A4
HoCom qHoA4T INTRA 0201802 e Based and A5 related to all non-coverage-based inter-
m rigQuan RATHO / Inter- frequency handovers. RSRP measurements slightly
COMM TDLBF frequenc vary with the load, and there is little signal fluctuation.
LST D-00201 y By contrast, RSRQ measurements vary with the load
INTRA 802 Handov and are likely to reflect the signal quality of the cell in
RATHO LBFD-0 er real time. If this parameter is set to BOTH, both
COMM 0201804 Distance RSRP- and RSRQ-based A4 or A5 measurement
/ Based configurations are delivered. When either the RSRP-
TDLBF Inter- based or RSRQ-based entering condition of event A4
D-00201 frequenc or A5 is met, the UE reports event A4 or A5. This
804 y parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
LBFD-0 Handov GUI Value Range: RSRP, RSRQ, BOTH
0201805 er Unit: None
/ Service Actual Value Range: RSRP, RSRQ, BOTH
TDLBF Based
D-00201 Inter- Default Value: RSRP
805 frequenc
y
Handov
er
CaGrou PCellA4 ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the RSRP threshold for triggering
pCell RsrpThd CAGRO -001001 Band event A4 during higher-priority cell evaluation for
UPCEL 01 Carrier PCell selection in CA-group-based configuration
L LAOFD Aggrega mode. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and
MOD -001001 tion for LTE TDD.
CAGRO 02 Downlin GUI Value Range: -140~-43
UPCEL k 2CC
LAOFD in Unit: dBm
L -001002 20MHz Actual Value Range: -140~-43
LST 01 /
CAGRO TDLAO Inter- Default Value: -105
UPCEL FD-001 Band
L 002 Carrier
Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-001002 Downlin
02 / k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-001 20MHz
00102
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-110 y6
401 Flexible
TDLAO CA
FD-001 from
00111 Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
CaGrou PCellA4 ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the RSRQ threshold for triggering
pCell RsrqThd CAGRO -001001 Band event A4 during higher-priority cell evaluation for
UPCEL 01 Carrier PCell selection in CA-group-based configuration
L LAOFD Aggrega mode. If the measured RSRQ of an inter-frequency
MOD -001001 tion for neighboring cell is greater than this parameter value,
CAGRO 02 Downlin the CA UE reports event A4. This parameter applies
UPCEL k 2CC only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
LAOFD in
L -001002 GUI Value Range: -40~-6
20MHz
LST 01 / Unit: 0.5dB
CAGRO TDLAO Inter-
Band Actual Value Range: -20~-3
UPCEL FD-001
L 002 Carrier Default Value: -20
Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-001002 Downlin
02 / k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-001 20MHz
00102
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-001 y6
00111 Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
PccFreq PccDlEa ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the downlink E-UTRA absolute
Cfg rfcn PCCFR -001001 Band radio frequency channel number (EARFCN) of the
EQCFG 01 Carrier candidate PCC. This parameter applies only to LTE
DSP LAOFD Aggrega FDD and LTE TDD.
PCCSC -001001 tion for GUI Value Range: 0~68485
ELLLIS 02 Downlin
k 2CC Unit: None
T LAOFD in Actual Value Range: 0~68485
LST -001002 20MHz
PCCFR 01 Default Value: None
EQCFG Inter-
LAOFD Band
MOD -001002 Carrier
PCCFR 02 Aggrega
EQCFG LAOFD tion for
RMV -070201 Downlin
PCCFR / k 2CC
EQCFG TDLAO in
FD-070 20MHz
201 Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070202 tion for
TDLAO Downlin
FD-110 k 2CC
401 in
40MHz
Support
of UE
Categor
y6
Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
PccFreq PccA4R ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the reference signal received
Cfg srpThd PCCFR -001001 Band power (RSRP) threshold for triggering event A4
EQCFG 01 Carrier during higher-priority carrier evaluation for PCC
MOD LAOFD Aggrega selection. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD
PCCFR -001001 tion for and LTE TDD.
EQCFG 02 Downlin GUI Value Range: -140~-43
k 2CC
LST LAOFD in Unit: dBm
PCCFR -001002 20MHz Actual Value Range: -140~-43
EQCFG 01
Inter- Default Value: -105
LAOFD Band
-001002 Carrier
02 Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-070201 Downlin
/ k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-070 20MHz
201 Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070202 tion for
TDLAO Downlin
FD-110 k 2CC
401 in
40MHz
Support
of UE
Categor
y6
Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
PccFreq PccA4R ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the reference signal received
Cfg srqThd PCCFR -001001 Band quality (RSRQ) threshold for triggering event A4
EQCFG 01 Carrier during higher-priority carrier evaluation for PCC
MOD LAOFD Aggrega selection in adaptive CA. If the measured RSRQ of an
PCCFR -001001 tion for inter-frequency neighboring cell is greater than this
EQCFG 02 Downlin parameter value, the CA UE reports event A4. This
k 2CC parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
LST LAOFD in
PCCFR -001002 GUI Value Range: -40~-6
20MHz
EQCFG 01 Unit: 0.5dB
Inter-
LAOFD Band Actual Value Range: -20~-3
-001002 Carrier Default Value: -20
02 Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-070201 Downlin
/ k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-070 20MHz
201 Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070202 tion for
TDLAO Downlin
FD-110 k 2CC
401 in
40MHz
Support
of UE
Categor
y6
Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
CaMgtC FTCAM MOD MRFD- FDD Meaning: Indicates whether to prioritize an FDD or
fg ultiCCA CAMG 101222 +TDD TDD CC in PCC anchoring for FDD+TDD multi-CC
nchorPo TCFG MRFD- Downlin CA, where the number of CCs is greater than or equal
licy LST 101231 k to three. For FDD+TDD multi-CC CA, if a TDD CC
CAMG Carrier serves as the PCC for a UE, information about
MRFD- Aggrega downlink data is limited, decreasing downlink
TCFG 111222 tion(LT throughput. Therefore, it is recommended that this
MRFD- E FDD) parameter be set to FDD(FDD). If this parameter is set
111232 FDD to NULL(NULL), FDD and TDD CCs are not
+TDD prioritized in PCC anchoring for FDD+TDD multi-CC
Downlin CA. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and
k LTE TDD.
Carrier GUI Value Range: FDD(FDD), TDD(TDD),
Aggrega NULL(NULL)
tion(LT Unit: None
E TDD)
Actual Value Range: FDD, TDD, NULL
FDD
+TDD Default Value: NULL(NULL)
Uplink
Carrier
Aggrega
tion
(LTE
FDD)
FDD
+TDD
Uplink
Carrier
Aggrega
tion
(LTE
TDD)
CaMgtC FTCA2 MOD MRFD- FDD Meaning: Indicates whether to prioritize an FDD or
fg CCAnch CAMG 101222 +TDD TDD CC in PCC anchoring for FDD+TDD 2CC CA.
orPolicy TCFG MRFD- Downlin For FDD+TDD 2CC CA, if a TDD CC serves as the
LST 101231 k PCC for a UE, the UE can obtain the gains brought by
CAMG Carrier downlink beamforming, increasing downlink UE
MRFD- Aggrega throughput. Therefore, it is recommended that this
TCFG 111222 tion(LT parameter be set to TDD(TDD). If this parameter is
MRFD- E FDD) set to NULL(NULL), FDD and TDD CCs are not
111232 FDD prioritized in PCC anchoring for FDD+TDD 2CC CA.
+TDD This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
Downlin TDD.
k GUI Value Range: FDD(FDD), TDD(TDD),
Carrier NULL(NULL)
Aggrega Unit: None
tion(LT
E TDD) Actual Value Range: FDD, TDD, NULL
CaMgtC CellMax MOD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the maximum number of CA UEs
fg PccNum CAMG -001001 Band that are allowed to treat the cell as their PCells. If the
ber TCFG 01 Carrier number of CA UEs treating the cell as their PCells has
LST LAOFD Aggrega reached the parameter value, no more CA UEs can use
CAMG -001001 tion for the cell as their PCells. A smaller parameter value
TCFG 02 Downlin leads to fewer CA UEs that are allowed to treat the
k 2CC cell as their PCells. If this parameter is set to 0, no CA
LAOFD in UE is allowed to treat the cell as their PCells but CA
-001002 20MHz UEs can treat the cell as their SCells. If the total value
01 of this parameter for all cells on a baseband
Inter-
LAOFD Band processing unit exceeds the upper limit of such UEs
-001002 Carrier served by the unit, the limit takes effect. This
02 Aggrega parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
LAOFD tion for GUI Value Range: 0~65535
-070201 Downlin Unit: None
/ k 2CC
TDLAO in Actual Value Range: 0~65535
FD-070 20MHz Default Value: 65535
201 Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070202 tion for
TDLAO Downlin
FD-110 k 2CC
401 in
40MHz
LAOFD
-080201 Support
/ of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-081 y6
402 Flexible
LAOFD CA
-080202 from
Multiple
LAOFD Carriers
-080207
Inter-
LAOFD eNodeB
-080208 CA
TDLAO based on
FD-001 Coordin
00111 ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-001 Inter-
002 eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
IP RAN
based
Inter
Site CA
(Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
2CC
based on
inter
site)
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Uplink
2CC
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
40MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
60MHz
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
40MHz
CaMgtC CaAmbr MOD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the AMBR threshold for
fg Thd CAMG -001001 Band aggregating carriers for UEs. Carriers can be
TCFG 01 Carrier aggregated only for UEs whose AMBR values are
LST LAOFD Aggrega greater than this threshold. A larger value of this
CAMG -001001 tion for parameter leads to fewer UEs for whom the carriers
TCFG 02 Downlin can be aggregated. This parameter applies only to LTE
k 2CC FDD and LTE TDD.
LAOFD in
-001002 GUI Value Range: 0~65535
20MHz
01 Unit: Mbps
Inter-
LAOFD Band Actual Value Range: 0~65535
-001001 Carrier Default Value: 0
02 Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-070201 Downlin
/ k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-070 20MHz
201 Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070202 tion for
TDLAO Downlin
FD-110 k 2CC
401 in
40MHz
LAOFD
-080201 Support
/ of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-081 y6
402 Flexible
LAOFD CA
-080202 from
Multiple
LAOFD Carriers
-080207
Inter-
LAOFD eNodeB
-080208 CA
TDLAO based on
FD-001 Coordin
00111 ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-001 Inter-
002 eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
IP RAN
based
Inter
Site CA
(Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
2CC
based on
inter
site)
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Uplink
2CC
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
40MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
60MHz
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
40MHz
CaMgtC SccCfgI MOD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the minimum interval at which the
fg nterval CAMG -001001 Band eNodeB attempts to configure an SCell again for a CA
TCFG 01 Carrier UE whose SCell failed to be configured. The actual
LST LAOFD Aggrega interval must be larger than this value. The eNodeB
CAMG -001001 tion for makes the attempt only if the traffic volume of the UE
TCFG 02 Downlin always meets the SCell activation condition
k 2CC throughout a certain time. This parameter applies only
LAOFD in to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
-001002 20MHz
01 GUI Value Range: 5~60
Inter- Unit: s
LAOFD Band
-001001 Carrier Actual Value Range: 5~60
02 Aggrega Default Value: 60
LAOFD tion for
-070201 Downlin
/ k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-070 20MHz
201 Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070202 tion for
TDLAO Downlin
FD-110 k 2CC
401 in
40MHz
TDLAO
FD-001 Support
00111 of UE
Categor
TDLAO y6
FD-001
002 Flexible
CA
TDLAO from
FD-001 Multiple
00102 Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
40MHz
Support
for UE
Categor
y6
CaGrou SCellPri ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the priority of the cell being
pSCellC ority CAGRO -001001 Band configured as an SCell. A larger value of this
fg UPSCE 01 Carrier parameter indicates a higher priority level.The value 0
LLCFG LAOFD Aggrega indicates that this cell cannot be configured as an
MOD -001001 tion for SCell for CA UEs. This parameter applies only to LTE
CAGRO 02 Downlin FDD and LTE TDD.
UPSCE k 2CC GUI Value Range: 0~7
LAOFD in
LLCFG -001002 Unit: None
20MHz
LST 01 / Actual Value Range: 0~7
CAGRO TDLAO Inter-
UPSCE FD-001 Band Default Value: 1
LLCFG 002 Carrier
Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-001002 Downlin
02 / k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-001 20MHz
00102
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-110 y6
401 Flexible
TDLAO CA
FD-001 from
00111 Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
CaMgtC CarrAgg MOD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the RSRP threshold for CA event
fg rA4Thd CAMG -001001 Band A4. When the measured RSRP of a candidate SCell is
Rsrp TCFG 01 Carrier greater than this threshold, event A4 is reported. This
LST LAOFD Aggrega parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
CAMG -001001 tion for GUI Value Range: -140~-43
TCFG 02 Downlin
k 2CC Unit: dBm
LAOFD in Actual Value Range: -140~-43
-001002 20MHz
01 / Default Value: -105
TDLAO Inter-
FD-001 Band
002 Carrier
Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-001002 Downlin
02 / k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-001 20MHz
00102
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-001 y6
00111 Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
CaGrou SCellA4 ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the offset to CarrAggrA4ThdRsrp
pSCellC Offset CAGRO -001001 Band in CA-group-based configuration mode. When a CA
fg UPSCE 01 Carrier UE treats the cell specified by the LocalCellId
LLCFG LAOFD Aggrega parameter in the local eNodeB as its PCell, the UE
MOD -001001 tion for reports event A4 pertaining to the candidate SCell
CAGRO 02 Downlin specified by the SCelleNodeBId and SCellLocalCellId
UPSCE k 2CC parameters to the eNodeB if the RSRP for the
LAOFD in candidate SCell exceeds the sum of the
LLCFG -001002 20MHz CarrAggrA4ThdRsrp and SCellA4Offset parameter
LST 01 / values. If the sum is greater than -43 dBm or less than
CAGRO TDLAO Inter-
Band -140 dBm, the threshold for event A4 takes the value
UPSCE FD-001 -43 dBm or -140 dBm, respectively. This parameter
LLCFG 002 Carrier
Aggrega applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
LAOFD tion for GUI Value Range: -35~62
-001002 Downlin
02 / Unit: dBm
k 2CC
TDLAO in Actual Value Range: -35~62
FD-001 20MHz Default Value: 0
00102
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-110 y6
401 Flexible
TDLAO CA
FD-001 from
00111 Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
SccFreq SccA4O ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the offset of the actual threshold
Cfg ffset SCCFR -001001 Band for CA event A4 relative to the value of the
EQCFG 01 Carrier CarrAggrA4ThdRsrp parameter in the CaMgtCfg
MOD LAOFD Aggrega MO. If the actual threshold is greater than -43 dBm,
SCCFR -001001 tion for the value of -43 dBm takes effect. If the actual
EQCFG 02 Downlin threshold is less than -140 dBm, the value of -140
k 2CC dBm takes effect. This parameter applies only to LTE
LST LAOFD in FDD and LTE TDD.
SCCFR -001002 20MHz
EQCFG 01 GUI Value Range: -35~62
Inter- Unit: dBm
LAOFD Band
-001002 Carrier Actual Value Range: -35~62
02 Aggrega Default Value: 0
LAOFD tion for
-070201 Downlin
/ k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-070 20MHz
201 Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070202 tion for
TDLAO Downlin
FD-110 k 2CC
401 in
40MHz
Support
of UE
Categor
y6
Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
CaMgtC PccUser MOD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the threshold used to determine
fg Number CAMG -001001 Band the PCell high load state for cells. This threshold is
Offload TCFG 01 Carrier used for load-based PCC anchoring and is expressed
Thd LST LAOFD Aggrega as a percentage of UEs that treat the cell as their
CAMG -001001 tion for PCell. If the percentage is greater than the threshold,
TCFG 02 Downlin the cell is in the PCell high load state. Otherwise, the
k 2CC cell is in the PCell low load state. This parameter
LAOFD in applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
-001002 20MHz
01 / GUI Value Range: 0~100
TDLAO Inter- Unit: %
FD-001 Band
Carrier Actual Value Range: 0~100
00201
Aggrega Default Value: 80
LAOFD tion for
-001002 Downlin
02 / k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-001 20MHz
00102
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-001 y6
00111 CA for
LAOFD Downlin
-080202 k 2CC
LAOFD From
-080201 Multiple
Carriers
LAOFD
-080207 Inter-
eNodeB
LAOFD
CA
-080208
based on
LAOFD Coordin
-090201 ated
eNodeB
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Uplink
2CC
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
relaxed
backhau
l
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
40MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
60MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 4CC
and 5CC
CellML InterFre MOD LOFD-0 Intra- Meaning: Indicates the threshold of the PRB usage for
B qMlbTh CELLM 01032 / LTE triggering inter-frequency MLB. If the
d LB TDLOF Load MlbTriggerMode parameter is set to
LST D-00103 Balancin PRB_ONLY(PrbMode) or
CELLM 2 g PRB_OR_UE_NUMBER(PrbOrUeNumMode), inter-
LB frequency MLB is triggered when the number of
synchronized UEs in the cell is greater than or equal
to the sum of the MlbMinUeNumThd and
MlbMinUeNumOffset parameter values and the PRB
usage of the cell is greater than or equal to the sum of
the InterFreqMlbThd and LoadOffset parameter
values. MLB stops when the PRB usage of the cell or
the number of synchronized UEs falls below the
InterFreqMlbThd parameter value or the
MlbMinUeNumThd parameter value, respectively.
For LTE TDD, the InterFreqMlbThd parameter
indicates the threshold of the downlink PRB usage for
triggering inter-frequency MLB. This parameter
applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: 1~100
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 1~100
Default Value: 60
CellML InterFre MOD LOFD-0 Intra- Meaning: Indicates the PRB usage threshold used for
B qOffloa CELLM 01032 / LTE offloading traffic to neighboring cells with which the
dOffset LB TDLOF Load source cell does not exchange load information during
LST D-00103 Balancin inter-frequency MLB. Assume that the
CELLM 2 g MlbTriggerMode parameter is set to
LB LOFD-0 Operator PRB_ONLY(PrbMode) or
70204 Load PRB_OR_UE_NUMBER(PrbOrUeNumMode). For
Based LTE FDD, if the PRB usage in the source cell is
Intra- greater than or equal to the sum of the
LTE InterFreqMlbThd and InterFreqOffloadOffset
MLB parameter values, neighboring cells with which the
source cell does not exchange load information can be
selected as the target cells for MLB, and the source
cell cannot be selected as a target cell for MLB. If the
PRB usage in the source cell is less than the value
calculated by the InterFreqMlbThd parameter value
plus the InterFreqOffloadOffset parameter value and
then minus the LoadOffset parameter value, the source
cell can be selected as a target cell for MLB. For LTE
TDD, if the downlink PRB usage in the source cell is
greater than or equal to the sum of the
InterFreqMIbThd, InterFreqOffloadOffset, and
InterFreqMlbDlPrbOffset parameter values,
neighboring cells with which the source cell does not
exchange load information can be selected as the
target cells for MLB in the downlink. If the uplink
PRB usage in the source cell is greater than or equal to
the sum of the InterFreqMIbThd, InterFreqOffloa-
dOffset, and InterFreqMlbUlPrbOffset parameter
values, neighboring cells with which the source cell
does not exchange load information can be selected as
the target cells for MLB in the uplink. If the downlink
PRB usage in the source cell is greater than or equal to
the sum of the InterFreqMIbThd and InterFreqOffloa-
dOffset parameter values or the uplink PRB usage in
the source cell is greater than or equal to the sum of
the InterFreqMlbUlThd and InterFreqOffloadOffset
parameter values, the source cell cannot be selected as
a target cell for MLB. If the downlink PRB usage in
the source cell is less than value calculated by the sum
of the InterFreqMlbThd and InterFreqOffloadOffset
parameter values minus the LoadOffset parameter
value and the uplink PRB usage is less than the value
calculated by the sum of the InterFreqMlbUlThd and
InterFreqOffloadOffset parameter values minus the
LoadOffset parameter value, the source cell can be
selected as a target cell for MLB. This parameter
applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
CellML LoadOff MOD LOFD-0 Intra- Meaning: Indicates the offset of the PRB usage for
B set CELLM 01032 / LTE triggering inter-frequency load balancing. Inter-
LB TDLOF Load frequency load balancing is triggered if the number of
LST D-00103 Balancin synchronized UEs in the cell is greater than or equal
CELLM 2 g to the sum of the MlbMinUeNumThd and
LB LOFD-0 Inter- MlbMinUeNumOffset parameter values and the PRB
01044 / RAT usage of the cell is greater than or equal to the sum the
TDLOF Load InterFreqMlbThd and LoadOffset parameter values.
D-00104 Sharing Inter-frequency load balancing is triggered if the
4 to number of synchronized UEs in the cell is greater than
UTRAN or equal to the sum of the MlbMinUeNumThd and
LOFD-0 MlbMinUeNumOffset parameter values and the PRB
01045 / Inter- valuation in the cell is greater than or equal to the sum
TDLOF RAT of the PrbValMlbTrigThd and LoadOffset parameter
D-00104 Load values. Inter-RAT load sharing is triggered if the
5 Sharing number of synchronized UEs in the cell is greater than
to or equal to the sum of the InterRatMlbUeNumThd and
GERAN InterRatMlbUeNumOffset parameter values and the
PRB usage of the cell is greater than or equal to the
InterRatMlbThd and LoadOffset parameter values.
Inter-RAT load sharing to transfer to-be-released UEs
is triggered if the number of synchronized UEs is
greater than or equal to the sum of the
InterRATIdleMlbUeNumThd and InterRatMlbUeNu-
mOffset parameter values and the PRB usage of the
cell is greater than or equal to the sum of the
InterRatMlbThd and LoadOffset parameter values.
This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
GUI Value Range: 0~50
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~50
Default Value: 8
CellML MlbUeN MOD LOFD-0 Intra- Meaning: Indicates the offset of the number of
B umOffse CELLM 70215 / LTE synchronized UEs for triggering inter-frequency load
t LB TDLOF User balancing. User-number-based inter-frequency load
LST D-07021 Number balancing is triggered if the number of synchronized
CELLM 5 Load UEs in the cell is greater than or equal to the sum of
LB Balancin the InterFreqMlbUeNumThd and MlbUeNumOffset
g parameter values. User-number-based inter-frequency
load balancing to transfer to-be-released UEs is
triggered if the number of synchronized UEs in the
cell is greater than or equal to the sum of the
InterFreqIdleMlbUeNumThd and MlbUeNumOffset
parameter values. This parameter applies only to LTE
FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: 0~10000
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~10000
Default Value: 20
CaMgtC ActiveB MOD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the buffer delay threshold used to
fg ufferDel CAMG -001001 Band evaluate the activation of an SCell. The SCell can be
ayThd TCFG 01 Carrier activated for a CA UE only when its buffer delay on
LST LAOFD Aggrega the eNodeB exceeds this threshold. This parameter
CAMG -001001 tion for applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
TCFG 02 Downlin GUI Value Range: 0~300
k 2CC
LAOFD in Unit: ms
-001002 20MHz Actual Value Range: 0~300
01 /
TDLAO Inter- Default Value: 50
FD-001 Band
002 Carrier
Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-001002 Downlin
02 / k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-001 20MHz
00102
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-001 y6
00111 Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
CaMgtC ActiveB MOD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the buffer length threshold used to
fg ufferLen CAMG -001001 Band evaluate the activation of an SCell. The SCell can be
Thd TCFG 01 Carrier activated for a CA UE only when its buffered data on
LST LAOFD Aggrega the eNodeB exceeds this threshold. This parameter
CAMG -001001 tion for applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
TCFG 02 Downlin GUI Value Range: 0~300
k 2CC
LAOFD in Unit: kB
-001002 20MHz Actual Value Range: 0~300
01 /
TDLAO Inter- Default Value: 9
FD-001 Band
002 Carrier
Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-001002 Downlin
02 / k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-001 20MHz
00102
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-001 y6
00111 Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
CaMgtC UlCaAct MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the time-to-trigger for activating
fg iveTime CAMG -080202 Aggrega an SCell for a UE in the uplink. If the uplink traffic
ToTrigg TCFG LAOFD tion for volume of a CA UE is greater than the
er LST -001001 Uplink ActiveBufferLenThd parameter value throughout the
CAMG / 2CC period specified by the UlCaActiveTimeToTrigger
TCFG TDLAO LTE-A parameter, the eNodeB initiates the SCell activation
FD-001 Introduc procedure. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD
001 tion and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: 0~2000
Unit: ms
Actual Value Range: 0~2000
Default Value: 20
CaMgtC Carrier MOD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates whether to enable carrier
fg MgtSwit CAMG -001001 Band management. If this parameter is set to ON, the
ch TCFG 01 Carrier eNodeB deactivates SCells for a CA UE when the
LST LAOFD Aggrega traffic volume of the CA UE is small or the channel
CAMG -001001 tion for quality of the SCells is poor. If this parameter is set to
TCFG 02 Downlin OFF, an SCell is always active after being activated,
k 2CC unless a radio link failure (RLF) is detected on the
LAOFD in SCell. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and
-001002 20MHz LTE TDD.
01 /
TDLAO Inter- GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
FD-001 Band Unit: None
002 Carrier
Aggrega Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
LAOFD tion for Default Value: ON(On)
-001002 Downlin
02 / k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-001 20MHz
00102
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-001 y6
00111 Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
CaMgtC Deactive MOD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the throughput threshold used to
fg Through CAMG -001001 Band evaluate the deactivation of an SCell. The SCell can
putThd TCFG 01 Carrier be deactivated for a CA UE only when its throughput
LST LAOFD Aggrega is less than the value of this parameter. This parameter
CAMG -001001 tion for applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
TCFG 02 Downlin GUI Value Range: 10~1000
k 2CC
LAOFD in Unit: kbit/s
-001002 20MHz Actual Value Range: 10~1000
01 /
TDLAO Inter- Default Value: 100
FD-001 Band
002 Carrier
Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-001002 Downlin
02 / k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-001 20MHz
00102
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-001 y6
00111 Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
CaMgtC Deactive MOD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the buffer length threshold used to
fg BufferL CAMG -001001 Band evaluate the deactivation of an SCell. The SCell can
enThd TCFG 01 Carrier be deactivated for a CA UE only when its buffered
LST LAOFD Aggrega data on the eNodeB is less than this threshold. This
CAMG -001001 tion for parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
TCFG 02 Downlin GUI Value Range: 1~10
k 2CC
LAOFD in Unit: kB
-001002 20MHz Actual Value Range: 1~10
01 /
TDLAO Inter- Default Value: 3
FD-001 Band
002 Carrier
Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-001002 Downlin
02 / k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-001 20MHz
00102
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-001 y6
00111 Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
CaMgtC SccDeac MOD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the Release-8-equivalent CQI
fg tCqiThd CAMG -001001 Band threshold used to evaluate the deactivation of an SCell
TCFG 01 Carrier for a CA UE based on channel quality. If the channel
LST LAOFD Aggrega quality of the CA UE is lower than that corresponding
CAMG -001001 tion for to the CQI threshold in single-codeword transmission,
TCFG 02 Downlin the eNodeB deactivates the SCell for the UE. If this
k 2CC parameter is set to 0, the eNodeB does not deactivate
LAOFD in SCells based on channel quality. This parameter
-001002 20MHz specifies the CQI threshold for deactivating the SCell
01 that the local cell acts as, and takes effect only when
Inter-
LAOFD Band the CarrierMgtSwitch parameter for the associated
-001002 Carrier PCell is set to ON. This parameter applies only to LTE
02 Aggrega FDD and LTE TDD.
LAOFD tion for GUI Value Range: 0~15
-070201 Downlin Unit: None
/ k 2CC
TDLAO in Actual Value Range: 0~15
FD-070 20MHz Default Value: 0
201 Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070202 tion for
TDLAO Downlin
FD-110 k 2CC
401 in
40MHz
TDLAO
FD-001 Support
00111 of UE
Categor
TDLAO y6
FD-001
002 Flexible
CA
TDLAO from
FD-001 Multiple
00102 Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
40MHz
Support
for UE
Categor
y6
CaMgtC Relaxed MOD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the Release-8-equivalent CQI
fg BHSccD CAMG -001001 Band threshold used to evaluate the deactivation of an SCell
eactCqi TCFG 01 Carrier for a CA UE based on channel quality in relaxed-
Thd LST LAOFD Aggrega backhaul-based CA. If the channel quality of the CA
CAMG -001001 tion for UE is lower than that corresponding to the CQI
TCFG 02 Downlin threshold in single-codeword transmission, the
k 2CC eNodeB deactivates the SCell for the UE. If this
LAOFD in parameter is set to 0, the eNodeB does not deactivate
-001002 20MHz SCells based on channel quality. This parameter
01 / specifies the CQI threshold for deactivating the SCell
TDLAO Inter-
Band that the local cell acts as, and takes effect only when
FD-001 the CarrierMgtSwitch parameter for the associated
002 Carrier
Aggrega PCell is set to ON. This parameter applies only to LTE
LAOFD tion for FDD and LTE TDD.
-001002 Downlin GUI Value Range: 0~15
02 / k 2CC
TDLAO Unit: None
in
FD-001 20MHz Actual Value Range: 0~15
00102 Default Value: 0
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-001 y6
00111 Flexible
LAOFD CA
-080201 from
/ Multiple
TDLAO Carriers
FD-081 Inter-
402 eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
Based
on
Relaxed
Backhau
l
CaMgtC SccReac MOD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the minimum interval to reactivate
fg tivation CAMG -001001 Band an SCell based on the traffic volume after the eNodeB
Time TCFG 0 Carrier deactivates the SCell based on the CQI or RBLER.
LST LAOFD Aggrega The recommended value is 5s for a commercial
CAMG -001001 tion for network. In a benchmark test, if the channel quality is
TCFG 02 Downlin occasionally poor, a small value, for example, 1s is
k 2CC recommended. This can increase the duration within
LAOFD in which the SCell stays active. This parameter applies
-001002 20MHz only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
01 /
TDLAO Inter- GUI Value Range: 1~5
FD-001 Band Unit: s
00201 Carrier
Aggrega Actual Value Range: 1~5
LAOFD tion for Default Value: 5
-001002 Downlin
02 / k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-001 20MHz
00102
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-001 y6
00111 CA for
LAOFD Downlin
-001001 k 2CC
From
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
LTE-A
Introduc
tion
CaMgtC CarrAgg MOD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the RSRP threshold for CA event
fg rA2Thd CAMG -001001 Band A2. When the measured RSRP of an SCell is lower
Rsrp TCFG 01 Carrier than this threshold, event A2 is reported. This
LST LAOFD Aggrega parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
CAMG -001001 tion for GUI Value Range: -140~-43
TCFG 02 Downlin
k 2CC Unit: dBm
LAOFD in Actual Value Range: -140~-43
-001002 20MHz
01 / Default Value: -109
TDLAO Inter-
FD-001 Band
002 Carrier
Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-001002 Downlin
02 / k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-001 20MHz
00102
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-001 y6
00111 Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
CaGrou SCellA2 ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the offset to CarrAggrA2ThdRsrp
pSCellC Offset CAGRO -001001 Band in CA-group-based configuration mode. When a CA
fg UPSCE 01 Carrier UE treats the cell specified by the LocalCellId
LLCFG LAOFD Aggrega parameter in the local eNodeB as its PCell, the UE
MOD -001001 tion for reports event A2 pertaining to the SCell specified by
CAGRO 02 Downlin the SCelleNodeBId and SCellLocalCellId parameters
UPSCE k 2CC to the eNodeB if the RSRP for the SCell falls below
LAOFD in the sum of the CarrAggrA2ThdRsrp and
LLCFG -001002 20MHz SCellA2Offset parameter values. If the sum is greater
LST 01 / than -43 dBm or less than -140 dBm, the threshold for
CAGRO TDLAO Inter-
Band event A2 takes the value -43 dBm or -140 dBm,
UPSCE FD-001 respectively. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD
LLCFG 002 Carrier
Aggrega and LTE TDD.
LAOFD tion for GUI Value Range: -31~66
-001002 Downlin
02 / Unit: dBm
k 2CC
TDLAO in Actual Value Range: -31~66
FD-001 20MHz Default Value: 0
00102
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-110 y6
401 Flexible
TDLAO CA
FD-001 from
00111 Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
SccFreq SccA2O ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the offset of the actual threshold
Cfg ffset SCCFR -001001 Band for CA event A2relative to the value of the
EQCFG 01 Carrier CarrAggrA2ThdRsrp parameter in the CaMgtCfg
MOD LAOFD Aggrega MO. If the actual threshold is greater than -43 dBm,
SCCFR -001001 tion for the value of -43 dBm takes effect. If the actual
EQCFG 02 Downlin threshold is less than -140 dBm, the value of -140
k 2CC dBm takes effect. This parameter applies only to LTE
LST LAOFD in FDD and LTE TDD.
SCCFR -001002 20MHz
EQCFG 01 GUI Value Range: -31~66
Inter- Unit: dBm
LAOFD Band
-001002 Carrier Actual Value Range: -31~66
02 Aggrega Default Value: 0
LAOFD tion for
-070201 Downlin
/ k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-070 20MHz
201 Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070202 tion for
TDLAO Downlin
FD-110 k 2CC
401 in
40MHz
Support
of UE
Categor
y6
Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
InterFre InterFre ADD LBFD-0 Coverag Meaning: Indicates the RSRP threshold for triggering
qHoGro qHoA4T INTERF 0201802 e Based a coverage-based inter-frequency measurement event.
up hdRsrp REQHO / Inter- When the measured RSRP value exceeds this
GROUP TDLBF frequenc threshold, an inter-frequency measurement report will
MOD D-00201 y be sent. Distance-based handover, uplink power-
INTERF 802 Handov control-based handover, SPID-based handover back to
REQHO LBFD-0 er the home PLMN, and speech-quality-based handover
GROUP 0201804 Distance also use this parameter as the RSRP threshold for
/ Based triggering an inter-frequency measurement event. This
LST parameter applies to A4 and A5 measurements. This
INTERF TDLBF Inter-
D-00201 frequenc parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
REQHO
GROUP 804 y GUI Value Range: -140~-43
Handov Unit: dBm
er
Actual Value Range: -140~-43
Default Value: -105
ENodeB HoWith MOD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates whether to send blind-
AlgoSwi SccCfg ENODE -001001 Band configurable SCells for the source cell in a handover
tch AddBlin BALGO 01 Carrier to the target cell. This function is enabled only if this
dSwitch SWITC LAOFD Aggrega parameter is set to ON. This parameter applies only to
H -001001 tion for LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
LST 02 Downlin GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
ENODE k 2CC
LAOFD in Unit: None
BALGO -001002
SWITC 20MHz Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
01 /
H TDLAO Inter- Default Value: OFF(Off)
FD-001 Band
00201 Carrier
Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-001002 Downlin
02 / k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-001 20MHz
00102
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-001 y6
00111 Flexible
LAOFD CA
-080202 from
LAOFD Multiple
-080201 Carriers
LAOFD Inter-
-080207 eNodeB
CA
LAOFD
based on
-080208
Coordin
LAOFD ated
-110201 eNodeB
MRFD- Intra-
101222 band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Uplink
2CC
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
relaxed
backhau
l
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
40MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
60MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 4CC
and 5CC
FDD
+TDD
Downlin
k
Carrier
Aggrega
tion
CellDlsc CaSchSt MOD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the downlink scheduling policy
hAlgo rategy CELLD -001001 Band used when CA is applied, which can be basic
LSCHA 01 Carrier scheduling or differentiated scheduling. (If CA is
LGO LAOFD Aggrega applied in the uplink, this parameter also indicates the
LST -001001 tion for uplink scheduling policy.) If the CA basic scheduling
CELLD 02 Downlin policy is adopted, the eNodeB calculates the
LSCHA k 2CC proportional fair (PF) scheduling priority of each
LAOFD in component carrier (CC) for a CA UE using the total
LGO -001002 20MHz data rates on both CCs of this CA UE. In this way, CA
01 / UEs and non-CA UEs can be allocated similar number
TDLAO Inter-
Band of RBs. If the CA differentiated scheduling policy is
FD-001 adopted, the eNodeB calculates the PF scheduling
002 Carrier
Aggrega priority of each CC for a CA UE using the data rate
LAOFD only on the primary component carrier (PCC) or
tion for
-001002 secondary component carrier (SCC) of this CA UE. In
Downlin
02 / this way, CA UEs can achieve better performance than
k 2CC
TDLAO non-CA UEs. This parameter applies only to LTE
in
FD-001 FDD and LTE TDD.
20MHz
00102
Carrier GUI Value Range: BASIC_SCHEDULE(Basic
LAOFD Schedule), DIFF_SCHEDULE(differentiation
Aggrega
-070201 schedule)
tion for
/
Downlin Unit: None
TDLAO
k 2CC Actual Value Range: BASIC_SCHEDULE,
FD-070
in DIFF_SCHEDULE
201
40MHz
LAOFD Default Value: BASIC_SCHEDULE(Basic Schedule)
Support
-070202
of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-110 y6
401
Flexible
TDLAO CA
FD-001 from
00111 Multiple
LBFD-0 Carriers
01015 / Inter-
TDLBF eNodeB
D-00101 CA
5 based on
LBFD-0 Coordin
0101501 ated
/ eNodeB
TDLBF Inter-
D-00101 eNodeB
501 CA
LBFD-0 based on
0101502 Coordin
/
TDLBF ated
D-00101 BBU
502 Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
Enhance
d
Scheduli
ng
CQI
Adjustm
ent
Dynami
c
Scheduli
ng
CellDlsc CaSchW MOD LAOFD LTE-A Meaning: Indicates the weight used for differentiated
hAlgo eight CELLD -001001 Introduc scheduling of CA UEs. A larger parameter value
LSCHA / tion and results in more significant scheduling differentiation
LGO TDLAO Intra- between CA UEs and non-CA UEs. A smaller
LST FD-001 band parameter value results in fairer scheduling. This
CELLD 00111 Carrier parameter takes effect only in the downlink. This
LSCHA Aggrega parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
LGO tion for GUI Value Range: 0~10
Downlin
k 2CC Unit: None
in Actual Value Range: 0~1, step:0.1
30MHz Default Value: 0
CellDlsc CaSccD MOD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the method for measuring the
hAlgo opMeas CELLD -001001 Band Doppler frequency offset that is applied to frequency
LSCHA 01 / Carrier selective scheduling on the secondary component
LGO TDLAO Aggrega carrier (SCC) in carrier aggregation (CA). If this
LST FD-001 tion for parameter is set to FROMSCC, the Doppler frequency
CELLD 00101 Downlin offset is measured on the SCC. If this parameter is set
LSCHA LAOFD k 2CC to FROMPCC, the Doppler frequency offset is
LGO -001001 in measured on the primary component carrier (PCC) no
02 / 20MHz matter whether the SCC is configured with an uplink
TDLAO Inter- carrier, and then Doppler frequency offset on the SCC
FD-001 Band is determined based on the Doppler frequency offset
00102 Carrier measured on the PCC and downlink frequencies of the
Aggrega PCC and SCC. This parameter applies only to LTE
LAOFD FDD and LTE TDD.
-001002 tion for
01 / Downlin GUI Value Range: FROMSCC(FROMSCC),
TDLAO k 2CC FROMPCC(FROMPCC)
FD-001 in Unit: None
002 20MHz
Actual Value Range: FROMSCC, FROMPCC
LAOFD Carrier
Aggrega Default Value: FROMSCC(FROMSCC)
-001002
02 / tion for
TDLAO Downlin
FD-001 k 2CC
00102 in
40MHz
LAOFD
-070201 Support
/ of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-070 y6
201 Flexible
LAOFD CA
-070202 from
Multiple
TDLAO Carriers
FD-110
401 Inter-
eNodeB
TDLAO CA
FD-001 based on
00111 Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
CellAlg EnhMI MOD LOFD-0 DL 2*2 Meaning: Indicates the switch used to enable or
oSwitch MOSwit CELLA 01001 MIMO disable enhanced MIMO. Admitted UEs are allowed
ch LGOSW LOFD-0 DL 4*2 to enter TM9 or TM10 mode only if the TM9Switch
ITCH 01003 MIMO or TM10Switch option is selected. The
LST TM4TM9AdaptiveSwitch option can be selected only
LOFD-0 DL 4x4 after the TM9Switch option is selected. If the
CELLA 01060 MIMO
LGOSW TM4TM9AdaptiveSwitch option is selected, UEs
ITCH TDLAO DL 2- meeting certain conditions are allowed to adaptively
FD-001 Layer enter TM4 and TM9 mode. Otherwise, UEs are
00114 MIMO prohibited from adaptively entering TM4 and TM9
TDLAO Based mode. Enhanced MIMO does not apply to the LBBPc.
FD-081 on TM9 The TM4TM9AdaptiveSwitch and TM10Switch
409 DL 4- options apply only to LTE FDD. If the
Layer ChannelRecSwitch option is selected, channel
LAOFD reconstruction optimization is enabled. If the
-111204 MIMO
Based ChannelRecSwitch option is deselected, channel
LEOFD- on TM9 reconstruction optimization is disabled. This
111307 parameter applies only to LTE FDD.
Adaptiv
e SFN/ GUI Value Range: TM9Switch(TM9Switch),
SDMA TM4TM9AdaptiveSwitch(TM4TM9AdaptiveSwitch),
with TM10Switch(TM10Switch),
TM10 ChannelRecSwitch(ChannelRecSwitch)
eMIMO Unit: None
Actual Value Range: TM9Switch,
TM4TM9AdaptiveSwitch, TM10Switch,
ChannelRecSwitch
Default Value: TM9Switch:Off,
TM4TM9AdaptiveSwitch:Off, TM10Switch:Off,
ChannelRecSwitch:Off
CellCsi CsiRsS MOD TDLOF DL 4*2 Meaning: Indicates whether to configure CSI-RSs for
RsParaC witch CELLC D-00100 MIMO UEs. If this parameter is set to NOT_CFG(Not
fg SIRSPA 3 DL 2- configure), the eNodeB does not configure CSI-RSs
RACFG TDLAO Layer for UEs. If this parameter is set to FIXED_CFG(Fixed
LST FD-001 MIMO configure), the eNodeB configures CSI-RSs for UEs
CELLC 00114 Based that support CSI-RSs. If this parameter is set to
SIRSPA on TM9 ADAPTIVE_CFG(ADAPTIVE_CFG), the eNodeB
TDLAO determines whether to configure CSI-RSs for UEs that
RACFG FD-081 DL 4- support CSI-RSs based on the proportion of TM9
409 Layer UEs. When SfnLoadBasedAdptSwitch is deselected in
MIMO a TDD cell with adaptive SFN enabled, neither
Based FIXED_CFG nor ADAPTIVE_CFG takes effect. This
on TM9 parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: NOT_CFG(Not configure),
FIXED_CFG(Fixed configure),
ADAPTIVE_CFG(ADAPTIVE_CFG)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NOT_CFG, FIXED_CFG,
ADAPTIVE_CFG
Default Value: NOT_CFG(Not configure)
DrxPara OnDurat ADD LBFD-0 DRX Meaning: Indicates the length of the On Duration
Group ionTime DRXPA 02017 / Breathin Timer. If the configured value does not meet the
r RAGRO TDLBF g Pilot restrictions of CQI reporting intervals and SRS
UP D-00201 transmission intervals, the actual value of this
7 Dynami parameter assigned to a UE may be greater than the
MOD c DRX
DRXPA LEOFD- configured value. This parameter applies only to LTE
RAGRO 111306 RRC FDD and LTE TDD.
UP and GUI Value Range: PSF1(1 PDCCH subframes),
LOFD-0 DRX
LST 0110501 PSF2(2 PDCCH subframes), PSF3(3 PDCCH
Policy subframes), PSF4(4 PDCCH subframes), PSF5(5
DRXPA LTROF for
RAGRO PDCCH subframes), PSF6(6 PDCCH subframes),
D-11120 Public PSF8(8 PDCCH subframes), PSF10(10 PDCCH
UP 3/ Safety subframes), PSF20(20 PDCCH subframes), PSF30(30
TDLOF eMTC PDCCH subframes), PSF40(40 PDCCH subframes),
D-12110 Introduc PSF50(50 PDCCH subframes), PSF60(60 PDCCH
5 tion subframes), PSF80(80 PDCCH subframes),
MLOFD PSF100(100 PDCCH subframes), PSF200(200
-121280 PDCCH subframes), PSF300(300 PDCCH
/ subframes), PSF400(400 PDCCH subframes),
TDLEO PSF500(500 PDCCH subframes), PSF600(600
FD-121 PDCCH subframes), PSF800(800 PDCCH
611 subframes), PSF1000(1000 PDCCH subframes),
PSF1200(1200 PDCCH subframes), PSF1600(1600
PDCCH subframes)
Unit: subframe
Actual Value Range: PSF1, PSF2, PSF3, PSF4, PSF5,
PSF6, PSF8, PSF10, PSF20, PSF30, PSF40, PSF50,
PSF60, PSF80, PSF100, PSF200, PSF300, PSF400,
PSF500, PSF600, PSF800, PSF1000, PSF1200,
PSF1600
Default Value: PSF2(2 PDCCH subframes)
CellPdc ComSig MOD LBFD-0 Physical Meaning: Indicates the CCE aggregation level for
chAlgo Congreg CELLP 02003 / Channel common control signaling. If the
Lv DCCHA TDLBF Manage HOSuccRateBoostOptSwitch option of the
LGO D-00200 ment HoSignalingOptSwitch parameter is selected, the
LST 3 PDCCH CCE aggregation level is changed to level 8
CELLP when an RAR message for a handover is
DCCHA retransmitted. This parameter applies only to LTE
LGO FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: CONGREG_LV4,
CONGREG_LV8
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: CONGREG_LV4,
CONGREG_LV8
Default Value: CONGREG_LV4
Cell WorkM ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the work mode of the cell. The
ode CELL -001001 Band DL_ONLY mode applies only to the carrier
MOD 01 Carrier aggregation scenario.
CELL LAOFD Aggrega GUI Value Range: UL_DL(Uplink and downlink),
-001001 tion for DL_ONLY(Downlink only), LAA(License Assisted
LST Downlin
CELL 02 Access)
k 2CC
LAOFD Unit: None
-001002 Inter-
Band Actual Value Range: UL_DL, DL_ONLY, LAA
01
Carrier Default Value: UL_DL(Uplink and downlink)
LAOFD Aggrega
-001002 tion for
02 Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-001 Carrier
003 Aggrega
TDLAO tion for
FD-001 Downlin
002 k 2CC
in
40MHz
Support
of UE
Categor
y6
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
40MHz
Cell FreqBan ADD LBFD-0 Cell Meaning: Indicates the frequency band in which a cell
d CELL 0201803 Selectio operates. For details about this parameter, see 3GPP
ADD / n and TS 36.104. For details about the usage of 252 to 255,
CELLB TDLBF Re- see the following LTE-U forum document: eNodeB
AND D-00201 selection Minimum Requirements for LTE-U SDL V1.0. This
803 Broadca parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
LST
CELLB LBFD-0 st of GUI Value Range: 1~256
AND 02009 / system Unit: None
TDLBF informat
MOD D-00200 ion Actual Value Range: 1~256
CELL 9 Default Value: None
Multi-
RMV LBFD-0 Band
CELLB 70103 / Compati
AND TDLBF bility
LST D-00201 Enhance
CELL 806 ment
LEOFD- License
111301 d
Assisted
Access
(LAA)
for CA
Cell UlEarfc ADD LBFD-0 Coverag Meaning: Indicates the UL EARFCN of the cell. It is
n CELL 0201801 e Based optional, depending on the setting of the UL EARFCN
MOD / Intra- configuration indicator (UlEarfcnCfgInd). If the value
CELL TDLBF frequenc of this parameter is not specified, the default UL
D-00201 y EARFCN is used, which is calculated based on the
LST 801 Handov DL EARFCN. For details, see 3GPP TS 36.104. This
CELL er parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
LBFD-0
0201803 Cell GUI Value Range: 18000~65535,131072~133221
/ Selectio Unit: None
TDLBF n and
D-00201 Re- Actual Value Range: 18000~65535,131072~133221
803 selection Default Value: 18000
LBFD-0 Broadca
02009 / st of
TDLBF system
D-00200 informat
9 ion
EutranIn AnrInd ADD LOFD-0 Automat Meaning: Indicates whether information about inter-
terNFre EUTRA 02001 / ic frequency neighboring cells on the neighboring E-
q NINTE TDLOF Neighbo UTRA frequency can be maintained by ANR. If this
RNFRE D-00200 ur parameter is set to ALLOWED, the information can
Q 1 Relation be maintained by ANR. If this parameter is set to
MOD (ANR) NOT_ALLOWED, the information cannot be
EUTRA maintained by ANR. This parameter applies only to
NINTE LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
RNFRE GUI Value Range:
Q NOT_ALLOWED(NOT_ALLOWED),
LST ALLOWED(ALLOWED)
EUTRA Unit: None
NINTE
Actual Value Range: NOT_ALLOWED, ALLOWED
RNFRE
Q Default Value: ALLOWED(ALLOWED)
EutranIn MlbTarg ADD LOFD-0 Intra- Meaning: Indicates whether the neighboring E-
terNFre etInd EUTRA 01032 / LTE UTRAN frequency can be a target frequency for
q NINTE TDLOF Load MLB. The value ALLOWED indicates that the
RNFRE D-00103 Balancin neighboring E-UTRAN frequency can be a target
Q 2 g frequency for MLB. The value NOT_ALLOWED
MOD LOFD-0 Intra- indicates that the neighboring E-UTRAN frequency
EUTRA 70215 / LTE cannot be a target frequency for MLB. The value
NINTE TDLOF User ALLOWED_WITHOUT_IDLE_MLB indicates that
RNFRE D-07021 Number the neighboring E-UTRAN frequency cannot be a
Q 5 Load target frequency for MLB that transfers UEs by RRC
Balancin connection releases. The value
LST ALLOWED_WITHOUT_CONNECT_MLB indicates
EUTRA g
that the neighboring E-UTRAN frequency cannot be a
NINTE target frequency for MLB that transfers uplink-
RNFRE synchronized UEs. This parameter applies only to
Q LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range:
NOT_ALLOWED(NOT_ALLOWED),
ALLOWED(ALLOWED),
ALLOWED_WITHOUT_IDLE_MLB(ALLOWED_
WITHOUT_IDLE_MLB),
ALLOWED_WITHOUT_CONNECT_MLB(ALLO
WED_WITHOUT_CONNECT_MLB)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NOT_ALLOWED, ALLOWED,
ALLOWED_WITHOUT_IDLE_MLB,
ALLOWED_WITHOUT_CONNECT_MLB
Default Value: ALLOWED(ALLOWED)
CellCqi CqiPerio MOD LBFD-0 Basic Meaning: Indicates whether to enable CQI reporting
Adaptiv dAdapti CELLC 02025 / Scheduli period adaptation. If this parameter is set to ON(On),
eCfg ve QIADA TDLBF ng the CQI reporting period adaptively changes based on
PTIVEC D-00202 Dynami the air interface load of the cell. If this parameter is set
FG 5 c to OFF(Off), the CQI reporting period is specified by
LST LBFD-0 Scheduli the UserCqiPeriod parameter. This parameter applies
CELLC 0101502 ng only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
QIADA / Single GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
PTIVEC TDLBF Streami Unit: None
FG D-00101 ng
502 Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Beamfor
TDLOF ming Default Value: ON(On)
D-00104 Dual
9 Streami
TDLOF ng
D-00106 Beamfor
1 ming
TDLBF Physical
D-00200 Channel
3 Manage
ment
D-00100 DL 4x4 option is selected and the eNodeB does not support
1 MIMO VoLTE, the eNodeB can set up bearers for QCI-1
LOFD-0 DL 4x4 services and other services when both of the following
01003 MIMO conditions are met: (1) The EPC delivers information
Based about bearers with QCI 1 and other QCIs; (2) The UE
TDLAO exits the idle mode. After the QCI-1 service bearers
FD-001 on TM3
and are set up, the UE is handed over to an inter-frequency
00114 cell. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TM4
TDLAO TDD.
FD-081 DL 2*2
409 MIMO ApCqiAndAckAbnCtrlSwitch: Indicates whether to
DL 4*2 enable a workaround of problems that may occur
LAOFD when aperiodic CQI reports in 3-1 reporting mode and
-001001 MIMO
ACKs/NACKs are transmitted simultaneously in a
/ DL 2- cell. If this option is selected, the eNodeB performs
TDLAO Layer preallocation for aperiodic CQI reports. If this option
FD-001 MIMO is deselected, the eNodeB performs CQI_ONLY
001 Based scheduling on aperiodic CQI reports. This option
TDLAO on TM9 applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
FD-110 DL 4-
401 UeSRSAntSelectCtrlSwitch: Indicates whether to
Layer
disable antenna selection for SRS transmission. If this
TDLAO MIMO
option is selected, antenna selection is disabled. This
FD-081 Based
option applies only to LTE TDD.
402 on TM9
LTE-A CaCqiAndAckAbnCtrlSwitch: Indicates whether to
LBFD-0
Introduc enable a workaround of problems that may occur
60101
tion when periodic CQI reports and ACKs/NACKs are
MRFD- transmitted simultaneously in a cell in CA scenarios.
101222 Inter-
If this option is selected, the eNodeB sets the
eNodeB
MRFD- SimulAckNackAndCqiSwitch parameter to OFF(Off)
CA
111222 for CA UEs. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB
Based
sets the SimulAckNackAndCqiSwitch parameter
on
based on the original algorithm for CA UEs.
Coordin
ated HoRlcSnSizeSwitch: Controls the configuration of
BBU RLC sn-FieldLength during handovers. If this option
Inter- is selected, the configuration of RLC sn-FieldLength
eNodeB for the target cell is the same as that for the source
CA cell. If this option is deselected, RLC sn-FieldLength
Based for the target cell is set to the value configured at the
on target side.
Relaxed FddTddCaPcellDuplexFdd: Indicates whether the
Backhau eNodeB regards that a UE supports FDD+TDD CA
l with an LTE FDD cell serving as its PCell when the
Optimiz UE reports the FDD+TDD CA band combination but
ation of does not report IE tdd-FDD-CA-PCellDuplex-r12. If
Periodic this option is selected, the eNodeB regards that the UE
and supports this type of CA. If this option is deselected,
Aperiodi the eNodeB regards that the UE does not support this
c CQI type of CA. This option applies only to LTE FDD and
Reportin LTE TDD.
g
FddTddCaPcellDuplexTdd: Indicates whether the
FDD
eNodeB regards that a UE supports FDD+TDD CA
+TDD
with an LTE TDD cell serving as its PCell when the
Downlin
UE reports the FDD+TDD CA band combination but
k
does not report IE tdd-FDD-CA-PCellDuplex-r12. If
Carrier
this option is selected, the eNodeB regards that the UE
Aggrega
supports this type of CA. If this option is deselected,
tion(LT
the eNodeB regards that the UE does not support this
E FDD)
type of CA. This option applies only to LTE FDD and
FDD LTE TDD.
+TDD
Uplink Tm3Tm4Max4LayerCtrlSwitch: Indicates whether
Carrier UEs of category 6 and above (excluding category 5)
Aggrega support four-layer MIMO based on TM3/TM4. If this
tion option is selected, UEs of category 6 or above
(LTE (excluding category 5) support MIMO at a maximum
FDD) of four layers based on TM3/TM4. If this option is
deselected, UEs of category 6 or above (excluding
category 5) support MIMO at a maximum of two
layers based on TM3/TM4. This option applies only to
LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
CtrlSwitch), UeCsiRsCfigCtrlS-
witch(UeCsiRsCfigCtrlSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UECapRprtAbnormalCtrlSwitch,
ApCqiRptAbnormalCtrlSwitch,
UeInterRatMeasCtrlSwitch, VoipExProtSwitch,
UeSRSAntSelectCtrlSwitch,
ApCqiAndAckAbnCtrlSwitch,
CaCqiAndAckAbnCtrlSwitch, HoRlcSnSizeSwitch,
FddTddCaPcellDuplexFdd, FddTddCaPcellDu-
plexTdd, Tm3Tm4Max4LayerCtrlSwitch,
UeCsiRsCfigCtrlSwitch
Default Value: UECapRprtAbnormalCtrlSwitch:Off,
ApCqiRptAbnormalCtrlSwitch:On,
UeInterRatMeasCtrlSwitch:Off,
VoipExProtSwitch:Off, UeSRSAntSelectCtrlS-
witch:Off, ApCqiAndAckAbnCtrlSwitch:Off,
CaCqiAndAckAbnCtrlSwitch:On,
HoRlcSnSizeSwitch:On, FddTddCaPcellDu-
plexFdd:On, FddTddCaPcellDuplexTdd:Off,
Tm3Tm4Max4LayerCtrlSwitch:Off,
UeCsiRsCfigCtrlSwitch:Off
CaMgtC SccQuie MOD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the SCC unavailability duration.
fg tTime CAMG -001001 Band Some multi-mode UEs (for example, SRLTE/SLTE
TCFG 0 Carrier UEs) periodically stop receiving signals of SCells but
LST LAOFD Aggrega detect signals of another RAT in CA scenarios. This
CAMG -001001 tion for causes an increase in the number of residual erroneous
TCFG 02 Downlin blocks in the SCells, triggering SCell deactivation.
k 2CC This parameter is used to ensure that the SCells are
LAOFD in not deactivated when such UEs are detecting signals
-001002 20MHz of another RAT in CA scenarios. The parameter value
01 / must be greater than the duration for such UEs to
TDLAO Inter-
Band detect signals of another RAT. If this parameter is set
FD-001 to 0, the eNodeB triggers SCell deactivation once the
00201 Carrier
Aggrega eNodeB detects an abnormal level of residual
LAOFD tion for erroneous blocks. If this parameter is set to a value
-001002 Downlin greater than 0, the eNodeB does not trigger SCell
02 / k 2CC deactivation because of residual erroneous blocks
TDLAO in within the duration. This parameter applies only to
FD-001 20MHz LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
00102 GUI Value Range: 0~255
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega Unit: ms
-070201 tion for
/ Actual Value Range: 0~255
Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC Default Value: 0
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-001 y6
00111 CA for
LAOFD Downlin
-080202 k 2CC
LAOFD From
-080201 Multiple
Carriers
LAOFD
-080207 Inter-
eNodeB
LAOFD
CA
-080208
based on
LAOFD Coordin
-090201 ated
LAOFD eNodeB
-001001 Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Uplink
2CC
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
relaxed
backhau
l
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
40MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
60MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 4CC
and 5CC
LTE-A
Introduc
tion
CaGrou CaGrou ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the identity of the CA group. It
p pId CAGRO -001001 Band uniquely identifies a CA group within an eNodeB.
UP 01 Carrier This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
LST LAOFD Aggrega TDD.
CAGRO -001001 tion for GUI Value Range: 0~35
UP 02 Downlin
k 2CC Unit: None
MOD LAOFD in Actual Value Range: 0~35
CAGRO -001002 20MHz
UP 01 / Default Value: None
TDLAO Inter-
RMV Band
CAGRO FD-001
002 Carrier
UP Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-001002 Downlin
02 / k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-001 20MHz
00102
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-110 y6
401 Flexible
TDLAO CA
FD-001 from
00111 Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
CaGrou CaGrou ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the type of the CA group. This
p pTypeIn CAGRO -001001 Band parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
d UP 01 Carrier GUI Value Range: FDD(FDD), TDD(TDD),
MOD LAOFD Aggrega FDDTDD(FDDTDD)
CAGRO -001001 tion for
Downlin Unit: None
UP 02
k 2CC Actual Value Range: FDD, TDD, FDDTDD
LST LAOFD in
CAGRO -001002 Default Value: FDD(FDD)
20MHz
UP 01 /
TDLAO Inter-
FD-001 Band
002 Carrier
Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-001002 Downlin
02 / k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-001 20MHz
00102
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-110 y6
401 Flexible
TDLAO CA
FD-001 from
00111 Multiple
LAOFD Carriers
-081236 Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
FDD
+TDD
Carrier
Aggrega
tion
CaGrou CaGrou ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the identity of the CA group. It
pCell pId CAGRO -001001 Band uniquely identifies a CA group within an eNodeB.
UPCEL 01 Carrier This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
L LAOFD Aggrega TDD.
DSP -001001 tion for GUI Value Range: 0~35
CAGRO 02 Downlin
k 2CC Unit: None
UPCEL LAOFD
L in Actual Value Range: 0~35
-001002 20MHz
LST 01 / Default Value: None
CAGRO TDLAO Inter-
UPCEL FD-001 Band
L 002 Carrier
Aggrega
MOD LAOFD tion for
CAGRO -001002 Downlin
UPCEL 02 / k 2CC
L TDLAO in
RMV FD-001 20MHz
CAGRO 00102
Carrier
UPCEL LAOFD Aggrega
L -070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-110 y6
401 Flexible
TDLAO CA
FD-001 from
00111 Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
CaGrou eNodeB ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the ID of the eNodeB serving the
pCell Id CAGRO -001001 Band cell. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and
UPCEL 01 Carrier LTE TDD.
L LAOFD Aggrega GUI Value Range: 0~1048575
LST -001001 tion for
Downlin Unit: None
CAGRO 02
UPCEL k 2CC Actual Value Range: 0~1048575
LAOFD in
L -001002 Default Value: None
20MHz
MOD 01 /
CAGRO TDLAO Inter-
UPCEL FD-001 Band
L 002 Carrier
Aggrega
RMV LAOFD tion for
CAGRO -001002 Downlin
UPCEL 02 / k 2CC
L TDLAO in
DSP FD-001 20MHz
CAGRO 00102
Carrier
UPCEL LAOFD Aggrega
L -070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-110 y6
401 Flexible
TDLAO CA
FD-001 from
00111 Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
CaGrou LocalCe ADD None None Meaning: Indicates the local cell ID. It uniquely
pCell llId CAGRO identifies a cell within an eNodeB. This parameter
UPCEL applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
L GUI Value Range: 0~255
LST Unit: None
CAGRO
UPCEL Actual Value Range: 0~255
L Default Value: None
MOD
CAGRO
UPCEL
L
RMV
CAGRO
UPCEL
L
DSP
CAGRO
UPCEL
L
SccFreq PccDlEa ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the downlink EARFCN of a PCC.
Cfg rfcn SCCFR -001001 Band This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
EQCFG 01 Carrier TDD.
LST LAOFD Aggrega GUI Value Range: 0~68485
SCCFR -001001 tion for
Downlin Unit: None
EQCFG 02
k 2CC Actual Value Range: 0~68485
MOD LAOFD in
SCCFR -001002 Default Value: None
20MHz
EQCFG 01
Inter-
RMV LAOFD Band
SCCFR -001002 Carrier
EQCFG 02 Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-070201 Downlin
/ k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-070 20MHz
201 Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070202 tion for
TDLAO Downlin
FD-110 k 2CC
401 in
40MHz
Support
of UE
Categor
y6
Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
SccFreq SccDlEa ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the downlink EARFCN of a
Cfg rfcn SCCFR -001001 Band candidate SCC. This parameter applies only to LTE
EQCFG 01 Carrier FDD and LTE TDD.
LST LAOFD Aggrega GUI Value Range: 0~68485,255144,260894
SCCFR -001001 tion for
Downlin Unit: None
EQCFG 02
k 2CC Actual Value Range: 0~68485,255144,260894
MOD LAOFD in
SCCFR -001002 Default Value: None
20MHz
EQCFG 01
Inter-
RMV LAOFD Band
SCCFR -001002 Carrier
EQCFG 02 Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-070201 Downlin
/ k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-070 20MHz
201 Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070202 tion for
TDLAO Downlin
FD-110 k 2CC
401 in
40MHz
Support
of UE
Categor
y6
Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
ENodeB FddFra MOD MRFD- FDD Meaning: Indicates the offset of the start time of a cell
FrameO meOffse ENODE 101231 and frame against a reference clock source. This offset
ffset t BFRAM MRFD- TDD applies to all LTE FDD cells served by an eNodeB.
EOFFS 101222 Carrier This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and NB-IoT.
ET Aggrega GUI Value Range: 0~261120,275943~307200
LST tion(TD
D) Unit: Ts
ENODE
BFRAM FDD Actual Value Range: 0~261120,275943~307200
EOFFS and Default Value: 0
ET TDD
Carrier
Aggrega
tion(FD
D)
ENodeB TddFra MOD TDLBF Basic Meaning: Indicates the offset of the start time of a cell
FrameO meOffse ENODE D-00100 uplink- frame against a reference clock source. This offset
ffset t BFRAM 7 downlin applies to all LTE TDD cells served by an eNodeB.
EOFFS TDLBF k This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
ET D-00100 subfram TDD.
LST 701 e GUI Value Range: 0~261120,275943~307200
ENODE configur
TDLBF ation Unit: Ts
BFRAM D-00100
EOFFS uplink- Actual Value Range: 0~261120,275943~307200
702
ET downlin Default Value: 0
TDLOF k
D-00102 subfram
6 e
TDLOF configur
D-00102 ation
601 type1&2
TDLOF uplink-
D-00102 downlin
602 k special
TDLOF subfram
D-00102 e
603 configur
ation
MRFD- type 7
101231
Optional
MRFD- uplink-
101222 downlin
k
subfram
e
configur
ation
uplink-
downlin
k
subfram
e
configur
ation
type 0
uplink-
downlin
k special
subfram
e
configur
ation
type 4
uplink-
downlin
k special
subfram
e
configur
ation
type 5
FDD
and
TDD
Carrier
Aggrega
tion(TD
D)
FDD
and
TDD
Carrier
Aggrega
tion(FD
D)
CellFra LocalCe ADD None None Meaning: Indicates the local ID of a cell. It uniquely
meOffse llId CELLF identifies a cell within an eNodeB.
t RAME GUI Value Range: 0~255
OFFSE
T Unit: None
CellFra FrameO ADD None None Meaning: Indicates a cell frame offset mode.
meOffse ffsetMo CELLF CustomFrameOffset(User-defined Frame Offset):
t de RAME Indicates that the cell frame offset is user defined. An
OFFSE FDD cell and an NB-IoT cell can use only this mode.
T TL_FrameOffset(T-L Dual Mode frame offset):
MOD Indicates that the cell frame offset is automatically
CELLF configured based on the subframe configuration type
RAME in a TD-SCDMA_TD-LTE network.
OFFSE TL_FrameOffset_SA2_SSP5(T-L Dual Mode
T SA2+SSP5 frame offset): Indicates that the cell frame
offset is automatically configured based on subframe
LST configuration type 2 and special subframe
CELLF configuration type 5 in a TD-SCDMA_TD-LTE
RAME network.
OFFSE
T GUI Value Range: CustomFrameOffset(User-defined
frame offset), TL_FrameOffset(T-L Dual Mode frame
offset), TL_FrameOffset_SA2_SSP5(T-L Dual Mode
SA2+SSP5 frame offset)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: CustomFrameOffset,
TL_FrameOffset, TL_FrameOffset_SA2_SSP5
Default Value: CustomFrameOffset(User-defined
frame offset)
CellFra FrameO ADD None None Meaning: Indicates the offset of the start time of a cell
meOffse ffset CELLF frame against a reference clock source.
t RAME GUI Value Range: 0~261120,275943~307200
OFFSE
T Unit: Ts
CaMgtC CaA6Re MOD TDLAO Intra- Meaning: Indicates the number of periodic
fg portAm CAMG FD-001 band measurement reports sent after CA event A6 is
ount TCFG 00111 Carrier triggered. For details, see 3GPP TS 36.331. This
LST TDLAO Aggrega parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
CAMG FD-001 tion for GUI Value Range: r1(1), r2(2), r4(4), r8(8), r16(16),
TCFG 002 Downlin r32(32), r64(64), Infinity(Infinity)
k 2CC
TDLAO in Unit: None
FD-001 30MHz Actual Value Range: r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64,
00102 Infinity
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega Default Value: r8(8)
-001001 tion for
LAOFD Downlin
-001002 k 2CC
LAOFD in
-070201 40MHz
/ Support
TDLAO for UE
FD-070 Categor
201 y6
LAOFD LTE-A
-070202 Introduc
TDLAO tion
FD-110 Carrier
401 Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
40MHz
Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
CaMgtC CaA6Re MOD TDLAO Intra- Meaning: Indicates the interval between periodic
fg portInter CAMG FD-001 band measurement reports that are sent after CA event A6
val TCFG 00111 Carrier is triggered. For details, see 3GPP TS 36.331. This
LST TDLAO Aggrega parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
CAMG FD-001 tion for GUI Value Range: 120ms, 240ms, 480ms, 640ms,
TCFG 002 Downlin 1024ms, 2048ms, 5120ms, 10240ms, 1min, 6min,
k 2CC 12min, 30min, 60min
TDLAO in
FD-001 30MHz Unit: None
00102 Actual Value Range: 120ms, 240ms, 480ms, 640ms,
Carrier
LAOFD 1024ms, 2048ms, 5120ms, 10240ms, 1min, 6min,
Aggrega
-001001 12min, 30min, 60min
tion for
LAOFD Downlin Default Value: 10240ms
-001002 k 2CC
LAOFD in
-070201 40MHz
/ Support
TDLAO for UE
FD-070 Categor
201 y6
LAOFD LTE-A
-070202 Introduc
TDLAO tion
FD-110 Carrier
401 Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
40MHz
Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
CaMgtC MeasCy MOD TDLAO Intra- Meaning: Indicates the sampling period of the radio
fg cleSCell CAMG FD-001 band resource measurement on SCells by CA UEs when the
TCFG 00111 Carrier SCells are deactivated. If the sampling period is not
LST TDLAO Aggrega configured, the measurement configuration messages
CAMG FD-001 tion for that the eNodeB sends to CA UEs do not contain the
TCFG 002 Downlin IE measCycleSCell. This parameter applies only to
k 2CC LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
TDLAO in
FD-001 GUI Value Range: NOT_CFG, 160ms, 256ms, 320ms,
30MHz 512ms, 640ms, 1024ms, 1280ms
00102
Carrier Unit: None
LAOFD Aggrega
-001001 tion for Actual Value Range: NOT_CFG, 160ms, 256ms,
LAOFD Downlin 320ms, 512ms, 640ms, 1024ms, 1280ms
-001002 k 2CC Default Value: 640ms
LAOFD in
-070201 40MHz
/ Support
TDLAO for UE
FD-070 Categor
201 y6
LAOFD LTE-A
-070202 Introduc
TDLAO tion
FD-110 Carrier
401 Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
40MHz
Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
LST When the number does not exceed the threshold, the
RLCPD following parameters are valid on the CA UE:
CPPAR
AGROU - min(CaUeReorderingTimer, UeAmReorderingTim-
P er)
- min(CaUeReorderingTimer, ENodeBAmReordering-
Timer)
- min(CaUeStatProhTimer, UeStatusProhibitTimer)
- min(CaUeStatProhTimer, ENodeBStatusProhibit-
Timer)
"min(A, B)" means that parameter A is used if the
value of A is less than B, or parameter B is used if the
value of B is less than A. This parameter applies only
to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: 0~65535
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~65535
Default Value: 0
RlcPdcp CaUeRe ADD LBFD-0 Radio Meaning: Indicates the length of the reordering timer
ParaGro ordering RLCPD 02008 / Bearer that applies to non-GBR bearers in RLC AM for CA
up Timer CPPAR TDLBF Manage UEs in their PCell when the number of UEs connected
AGROU D-00200 ment to the cell does not exceed the value of
P 8 LTE-A CaUeRlcParaAdptiveThd. This parameter applies only
MOD LAOFD Introduc to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
RLCPD -001001 tion GUI Value Range: Treordering_m0(0),
CPPAR Treordering_m5(5), Treordering_m10(10),
AGROU Treordering_m15(15), Treordering_m20(20),
P Treordering_m25(25), Treordering_m30(30),
LST Treordering_m35(35), Treordering_m40(40),
RLCPD Treordering_m45(45), Treordering_m50(50),
CPPAR Treordering_m55(55), Treordering_m60(60),
AGROU Treordering_m65(65), Treordering_m70(70),
P Treordering_m75(75), Treordering_m80(80),
Treordering_m85(85), Treordering_m90(90),
Treordering_m95(95), Treordering_m100(100),
Treordering_m110(110), Treordering_m120(120),
Treordering_m130(130), Treordering_m140(140),
Treordering_m150(150), Treordering_m160(160),
Treordering_m170(170), Treordering_m180(180),
Treordering_m190(190), Treordering_m200(200)
Unit: ms
Actual Value Range: Treordering_m0,
Treordering_m5, Treordering_m10, Treordering_m15,
Treordering_m20, Treordering_m25,
Treordering_m30, Treordering_m35,
Treordering_m40, Treordering_m45,
Treordering_m50, Treordering_m55,
Treordering_m60, Treordering_m65,
Treordering_m70, Treordering_m75,
Treordering_m80, Treordering_m85,
Treordering_m90, Treordering_m95,
Treordering_m100, Treordering_m110,
Treordering_m120, Treordering_m130,
Treordering_m140, Treordering_m150,
Treordering_m160, Treordering_m170,
Treordering_m180, Treordering_m190,
Treordering_m200
Default Value: Treordering_m20(20)
RlcPdcp CaUeSta ADD LBFD-0 Radio Meaning: Indicates the length of the status reporting
ParaGro tProhTi RLCPD 02008 / Bearer prohibition timer that applies to non-GBR bearers in
up mer CPPAR TDLBF Manage RLC AM for CA UEs in their PCell when the number
AGROU D-00200 ment of UEs connected to the cell does not exceed the value
P 8 LTE-A of CaUeRlcParaAdptiveThd. This parameter applies
MOD LAOFD Introduc only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
RLCPD -001001 tion GUI Value Range: m0(0), m5(5), m10(10), m15(15),
CPPAR m20(20), m25(25), m30(30), m35(35), m40(40),
AGROU m45(45), m50(50), m55(55), m60(60), m65(65),
P m70(70), m75(75), m80(80), m85(85), m90(90),
LST m95(95), m100(100), m105(105), m110(110),
RLCPD m115(115), m120(120), m125(125), m130(130),
CPPAR m135(135), m140(140), m145(145), m150(150),
AGROU m155(155), m160(160), m165(165), m170(170),
P m175(175), m180(180), m185(185), m190(190),
m195(195), m200(200), m205(205), m210(210),
m215(215), m220(220), m225(225), m230(230),
m235(235), m240(240), m245(245), m250(250),
m300(300), m350(350), m400(400), m450(450),
m500(500)
Unit: ms
Actual Value Range: m0, m5, m10, m15, m20, m25,
m30, m35, m40, m45, m50, m55, m60, m65, m70,
m75, m80, m85, m90, m95, m100, m105, m110,
m115, m120, m125, m130, m135, m140, m145,
m150, m155, m160, m165, m170, m175, m180,
m185, m190, m195, m200, m205, m210, m215,
m220, m225, m230, m235, m240, m245, m250,
m300, m350, m400, m450, m500
Default Value: m20(20)
CaGrou SCellLo ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the local cell ID of the candidate
pSCellC calCellI CAGRO -001001 Band SCell. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and
fg d UPSCE 01 Carrier LTE TDD.
LLCFG LAOFD Aggrega GUI Value Range: 0~255
LST -001001 tion for
Downlin Unit: None
CAGRO 02
UPSCE k 2CC Actual Value Range: 0~255
LAOFD in
LLCFG -001002 Default Value: None
20MHz
MOD 01 /
CAGRO TDLAO Inter-
UPSCE FD-001 Band
LLCFG 002 Carrier
Aggrega
RMV LAOFD tion for
CAGRO -001002 Downlin
UPSCE 02 / k 2CC
LLCFG TDLAO in
FD-001 20MHz
00102
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-110 y6
401 Flexible
TDLAO CA
FD-001 from
00111 Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
CaGrou SCelleN ADD LAOFD Intra- Meaning: Indicates the ID of the eNodeB serving the
pSCellC odeBId CAGRO -001001 Band candidate SCell. This parameter applies only to LTE
fg UPSCE 01 Carrier FDD and LTE TDD.
LLCFG LAOFD Aggrega GUI Value Range: 0~1048575
LST -001001 tion for
Downlin Unit: None
CAGRO 02
UPSCE k 2CC Actual Value Range: 0~1048575
LAOFD in
LLCFG -001002 Default Value: None
20MHz
MOD 01 /
CAGRO TDLAO Inter-
UPSCE FD-001 Band
LLCFG 002 Carrier
Aggrega
RMV LAOFD tion for
CAGRO -001002 Downlin
UPSCE 02 / k 2CC
LLCFG TDLAO in
FD-001 20MHz
00102
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-070201 tion for
/ Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-070 in
201 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-070202 of UE
TDLAO Categor
FD-110 y6
401 Flexible
TDLAO CA
FD-001 from
00111 Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
30MHz
CaMgtC SCellAg MOD TDLAO Intra- Meaning: Indicates the length of aging time of the
fg ingTime CAMG FD-001 band SCells that are dynamically configured for CA UEs in
TCFG 00111 Carrier a cell in adaptive CA configuration scenarios. If there
LST TDLAO Aggrega is no carrier aggregation between an SCell and the
CAMG FD-001 tion for PCell within the aging time, the eNodeB cancels the
TCFG 002 Downlin association between the SCell and the PCell. This
k 2CC parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
TDLAO in
FD-001 GUI Value Range: 1~65535
30MHz
00102 Unit: min
Carrier
TDLAO Aggrega Actual Value Range: 1~65535
FD-070 tion for Default Value: 15
201 Downlin
LAOFD k 2CC
-001001 in
01 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-001001 for UE
02 Categor
LAOFD y6
-001002 Flexible
01 CA
LAOFD from
-001002 Multiple
02 Carriers
LAOFD Intra-
-070201 Band
Carrier
LAOFD
Aggrega
-070202
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
20MHz
Inter-
Band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
20MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
40MHz
Support
of UE
Categor
y6
Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter- witch),
eNodeB UlJROverRelaxedBHSw(UlJROverRelaxedBHSw),
CA UlSfnJROverBBUsSwitch(UlSfnJROverBBUsS-
based on witch), UlVoiceJROverRelax-
Coordin edBHSw(UlVoiceJROverRelaxedBHSw),
ated UlDataJROverRelaxedBHSw(UlDataJROverRelax-
BBU edBHSw)
Intra- Unit: None
band Actual Value Range: UlJointReceptionOverBBUsS-
Carrier witch, FreqCfgCaOverBBUsSwitch,
Aggrega UlJROverRelaxedBHSw, UlSfnJROverBBUsSwitch,
tion for UlVoiceJROverRelaxedBHSw, UlDataJROverRelax-
Downlin edBHSw
k 2CC
in Default Value: UlJointReceptionOverBBUsS-
30MHz witch:Off, FreqCfgCaOverBBUsSwitch:Off,
UlJROverRelaxedBHSw:Off, UlSfnJROverBBUsS-
Inter- witch:Off, UlVoiceJROverRelaxedBHSw:Off,
BBU UlDataJROverRelaxedBHSw:Off
UL
CoMP
Inter-
eNodeB
VoLTE
CoMP
Inter-
BBU
SFN
TOLCA TRMDL SET LOFD-0 Transpo Meaning: Indicates the threshold for clearing the DL
LG OLCRE TOLCA 0301103 rt OLC. When the DL bandwidth usage is below this
LTH LG / Resourc threshold, user services are no longer removed.
LST TDLOF e GUI Value Range: 0~100
TOLCA D-00301 Overloa
103 d Unit: %
LG
Control Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 90
TOLCA TRMUL SET LOFD-0 Transpo Meaning: Indicates the threshold for clearing the UL
LG OLCRE TOLCA 0301103 rt OLC. When the UL bandwidth usage is below this
LTH LG / Resourc threshold, user services are no longer removed.
LST TDLOF e GUI Value Range: 0~100
TOLCA D-00301 Overloa
103 d Unit: %
LG
Control Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 90
16 Counters
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 4CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Uplink 2CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 4CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Uplink 2CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 4CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Uplink 2CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 4CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Uplink 2CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Uplink 2CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Uplink 2CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Virtual 4T4R
Virtual 4T4R
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Licensed Assisted
Access (LAA) for
CA
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Licensed Assisted
Access (LAA) for
CA
Carrier Aggregation
for Downlink 3CC
Licensed Assisted
Access (LAA) for
CA
17 Glossary
18 Reference Documents